Professional Documents
Culture Documents
XType Electrical 2007
XType Electrical 2007
X-TYPE
Sedan and Estate (Wagon)
2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline;
2.0 L and 2.2 L, Diesel
VIN: E19616 on
Electrical Guide
X-TYPE
Sedan and Estate (Wagon)
2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline;
2.0 L and 2.2 L, Diesel
VIN: E19616 on
Published by Technical Communications, Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number JJM 10 38 20 701, January 2007
Preface
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
User Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Network Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fusebox Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
03 Engine Management
Fig. 03.1 . . . . Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
Fig. 03.2 . . . . Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
Fig. 03.3 . . . . Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles
Fig. 03.4 . . . . Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles
Fig. 03.5 . . . . Engine Management: Diesel – Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Engine Vehicles
Fig. 03.6 . . . . Engine Management: Diesel – Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diesel Engine Vehicles
04 Transmission
Fig. 04.1 . . . . Automatic Transmission: 16-Bit TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-Bit TCM Vehicles
Fig. 04.2 . . . . Automatic Transmission: 32-Bit TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-Bit TCM Vehicles
05 Braking
Fig. 05.1 . . . . Anti-Lock Braking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS Vehicles
Fig. 05.2 . . . . Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS / TC Vehicles
Fig. 05.3 . . . . Dynamic Stability Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DSC Vehicles
06 Climate Control
Fig. 06.1 . . . . Manual Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Climate Control Vehicles
Fig. 06.2 . . . . Automatic Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
Fig. 06.3 . . . . Glass Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
07 Instrumentation
Fig. 07.1 . . . . Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 07.2 . . . . Audible Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
09 Interior Lighting
Fig. 09.1 . . . . Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fig. 09.2 . . . . Dimmer-Controlled Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
10 Door Mirrors
Fig. 10.1 . . . . Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-back – Non Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non Memory Vehicles
Fig. 10.2 . . . . Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-back – Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Vehicles
11 Seat Systems
Fig. 11.1 . . . . Powered Seat: Driver – Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Vehicles
Fig. 11.2 . . . . Powered Seat: Passenger – Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Vehicles
Fig. 11.3 . . . . Powered Seats: 8-way Movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.4 . . . . Powered Seats: 4-way Movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.5 . . . . Powered Seats: 2-way Movement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.6 . . . . Seat Heaters: Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Vehicles
Fig. 11.7 . . . . Seat Heaters: Non Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heated Seat Vehicles
13 Wash / Wipe
Fig. 13.1 . . . . Wash / Wipe: Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
Fig. 13.2 . . . . Wash / Wipe: Front with Rain Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rain Sensing Vehicles
Fig. 13.3 . . . . Wash / Wipe: Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
15 In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 15.1 . . . . In-Car Entertainment: Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard ICE Vehicles
Fig. 15.2 . . . . In-Car Entertainment: Premium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Premium ICE Vehicles
17 Occupant Protection
Fig. 17.1 . . . . Advanced Restraint System: Front Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Wheel Drive Vehicles
Fig. 17.2 . . . . Advanced Restraint System: All Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Wheel Drive Vehicles
18 Driver Assist
Fig. 18.1 . . . . Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking Aid Vehicles
19 Ancillaries
Fig. 19.1 . . . . Ancillaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All Vehicles
Fuseboxes
The electrical harness incorporates two serviceable power distribution fuseboxes:
• the Power Distribution Fusebox located in the engine compartment;
• the Passenger Junction Fusebox located in the left-hand ‘A’ Post
All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit and two Diesel vehicle relays) are located in the two fuseboxes.
Vehicle Networks
The X-TYPE employs three different networks:
• CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed power train communications;
• SCP (Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications;
• D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed ‘real-time’ audio data transfer.
NOTE: The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio Unit. Technician
access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground Studs
Circuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding
systems; however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pin-out information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that
can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
Instrument Cluster GENERATOR (V6) PI47 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE, RH SIDE, FRONT
I FC14–2 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY IN IGNITION SWITCH FC18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
B+ FC14–3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC14 22-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL
SG FC14–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
FC15 20-WAY / BLACK
PG FC15–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ FC15–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+ FC63 22-WAY / BLACK
I FC15–4 PATS GROUND: GROUND PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER FC52 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
D FC15–5 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
PRIMARY JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA2 26-WAY / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST
D FC15–6 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
C FC15–18 CAN + CA56 8-WAY / BLACK
C FC15–19 CAN –
FC37 26-WAY / BLACK
Transmission Control Module FH7 6-WAY / BLACK
DATA PAGE
GROUNDS
Ground Location
FC38 UNDER CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL, ON TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
JB1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, BATTERY GROUND
PI40 (LHD) ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND RH WHEEL ARCH LINER
PI40 (RHD) ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
ST2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furhished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all ciruit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE
R ST11 ST12 R
CA302
3
450A
JUNCTION BLOCK
R STARTER MEGAFUSE
B CA280 CA304
R FH67
CA288 2
250A CA135 CA177 FH83
JB1 BATTERY
FPDB MEGAFUSE
FRONT BULKHEAD
MEGAFUSE ASSEMBLY
R 01.1
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION R20
FUSE BOX
NW GW
65
ST4-1
KEY-IN
WU Y GO
FC18-5
0
STARTER RELAY
PI41-40
18 GO B
+
II GB2-9 GW
GR (AUTO) ST5
P, N O
GB2-10
FIGURE PAGE
P B B R
GB2-13 GB1-10
P B B ST6 R
GB2-16 GB1-9 PIS30
B ST3
STARTER MOTOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE PI40AL B
ST2
NR GR GR GR GR (MAN / NAS)
92
CA286-1 CA286-2 FH3-10 PI42-8 GB1-13
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH
20 GO B ST7
+
NG GO II PI47-2
85 B LOGIC O START
+
FC8-15 PI1-41 ENGINE
35 WG B Y Y (MAN / ROW) GR
+
I P, N
II FC8-14 PIS27 PI1-31
GB1-14 GB1-6
PASSIVE Y
ANTI-THEFT I
CRANK
I WR
ENGINE FIELD
SYSTEM PI1-6 PI1-65 PI47-3
REQUEST
WU I O YR
CONTROL
FC8-5 PI1-53 PI47-1
C Y Y I WG
20.1 20.1 C FAULT;
FC9-28 GENERATOR WARNING; PI1-124 PI1-79 PI47-4 CHARGE WARNING
O.K .TO START CLUTCH DISENGAGED
WR D C G G C
20.1 20.1
FC52-3 FC9-32 FC9-29 PI1-123
56 NG YR D GENERATOR
S FC52-1 FC52-4 FC9-16
BG P B
FC52-2 FC9-31 FC8-32
P B
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER FC8-2
f02_1_200045
1 14 15 45 46 80 81 118 I Input B Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: V6 Vehicles
1 3 4 76 77 92 + 2
l l ll ll S S E E VIN RANGE: All
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6 Fig. 01.7 O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: February 2004
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III) Battery voltage D2B network
B
Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply Power ground Serial and encoded data
Wiring Symbols
Splice Motor
Capacitor Resistor
Solenoid
Connector
Suppression diode
Diode
Suppression resistor
Transistor
Fuse
Wire continued
Ground
Zener diode
G30A G17BR
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is
shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLE:
G30AS LHD Vehicles
G31BL Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles
(G26AS)
RHD Vehicles
Relays
Serviceable Relays:
• are located in both fuseboxes;
• do not have a separate relay connector (base);
• use the ISO pin numbering system – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5;
• are identified by an ‘R’ number unique only to the fusebox in which it is located.
EXAMPLE: R6 4 R2
3 5 3 5
1 2 1 2
Non-Serviceable Relays:
• are located in both fuseboxes;
• are a component part of the fusebox printed circuit board (PCB) and are arranged in singles or pairs;
• use the ISO pin numbering system – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (single relay or top pair relay) and 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (bottom pair relay);
• are identified by an ‘R’ number unique only to the fusebox in which it is located;
• pair relays are normally depicted separately.
EXAMPLE: R10 4 R9 4 R9 4
3 5 3 5 3 5
1 2 1 2 1 2
9
SINGLE 8 10 R9 9
PCB RELAY
8 10
6 7
6 7
PCB
PAIR RELAY PCB
PAIR RELAY
AS DEPICTED
NOTE: Diesel vehicles have one serviceable relay located on the Junction Box harness and one serviceable relay attached to the
Power Distribution Fusebox.
EXAMPLE:
F19 15A
Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted
control modules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE: SCP
S Y Y S
20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2
IP5-1 IP10-1
S U U S
20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2
IP5-2 IP10-2
Component Depictions
EXAMPLE:
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
(GASOLINE ENGINES)
NAVIGATION
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION
CLIMATE MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
DSC
YAW RATE SENSOR CELLULAR PHONE
MODULE
PARKING AID
MODULE HEADLAMP LEVELING
MODULE
CD
AUTOCHANGER
J-GATE MODULE
ROOF
CONSOLE
DSC
STEERING ANGLE AUDIO UNIT D2B
SENSOR
NETWORK GATEWAY
FUEL FIRE
AUXILIARY HEATER
MODULE
CAN SCP
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK
net_con_4000625
F1 F2 F4 F5 F6 F8 F9 F10 F11 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21
10A 15A 10A 10A 7.5A 30A 30A 15A 15A 5A 30A 30A 5A 10A 10A 10A 30A 30A
R1 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7
R8
R11 R12, R13, R14, R10*
F24 F27 F29 F30 F32 F33 F34 F35 F36 F38
30A 15A 20A 20A 15A 30A 30A 5A 5A 20A
FRONT OF VEHICLE
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F7 F8 F9 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21
10A 15A 20A 10A 10A 5A 30A 30A 15A 7.5A 5A 30A 30A 5A 10A 10A 10A 7.5A 15A
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7
R8
R10 R11 R12, R13, R14, R10*
F22
60A
F24 F27 F29 F30 F31 F32 F34 F35 F36 F38
30A 15A 20A 20A 15A 15A 30A 5A 7.5A 30A
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FRONT OF VEHICLE
F42
50A
F41
60A
F40
80A
F39
150A
R4 R5
R7, R8, R9, R10*
R3
R2
R1
F55 F54 F53 F52 F51 F50 F49
7.5A 5A 10A 15A 7.5A 5A 10A
F48 F47 F46 F45 F44 F43 F42 F41 F40 F39 F38 F37
7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 15A 10A 5A 5A 5A 10A 15A 30A
F36 F35 F34 F33 F32 F31 F30 F29 F28 F27 F26 F25
20A 15A 10A 5A 5A 15A 5A 7.5A 15A 5A 10A 5A
F24 F23 F22 F21 F20 F19 F18 F17 F16 F15 F14
20A 20A 15A 20A 30A 30A 15A 20A 30A 10A 30A
R6
F12 F11 F10 F9 F8 F7 F5 F4 F3 F2
10A 20A 15A 10A 20A 10A 20A 20A 30A 10A
1 2 1 4 1 4
2
FRONT OF VEHICLE
5 8 5 8
3 4
1
JB204
JB209 JB205 JB203
JB211
1 2 4 3
1 5
JB210
3 4 2 1
6 10
JB212
JB202 JB201
12 7 8 5
4 1
6 1
JB200
IP203
16 9 IP201
8 1
8 1
CA209 CA208
JB221
IP202 6 12 8 1
1
1 8
7 2
13 7 1
9 16 14 7
CA206 JB220
5 10 8 1
1 6
14 7
CA204
16 9
8 1
fuse_box_con_4000625
BATTERY
+ STARTER MOTOR
BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND GENERATOR
(UNDER BATTERY TRAY) -
POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
-
JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (JB)
ENGINE HARNESS (EN)
PASSENGER JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
RHD INSTRUMENT PANEL
HARNESS DEVIATION
harn_fuse_box.loc_4000625
BATTERY
- + STARTER MOTOR
BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND GENERATOR
(UNDER BATTERY TRAY) -
POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
-
JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (JB) ENGINE HARNESS (EN)
PASSENGER JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
RHD INSTRUMENT PANEL
HARNESS DEVIATION
est_fuse_box_loc_4000625
JB187
JB188
JB1
EN4
JB79 JB145
JB173
JB133 JB15
CA10 JB3
CA170 JB129
JB130
CA15 CA20
CA16 CA21
CA36 CA35
CA1
CA169
CA189
CA222
CA230
CA240 CA65 CA65
CA70 CA70
CA25 CA30
CA45
CA5
CA60 CA55
CA129
gas_harn_con_loc_4000625
JB187
JB188
JB237
DL2
JB79 JB1
JB173
JB133 JB15
JB2
CA10 JB3
CA170 JB129
JB130
CA20 CA15
CA21 CA16
CA36 CA35
CA1
CA169
CA189
CA222
CA230
CA240 CA65 CA65
CA70 CA70
CA25 CA30
CA45
CA5
CA60 CA55
CA129
diesel_harn_con_loc_4000625
JB187
JB188
JB1
EN4
JB79 JB145
JB173
JB133 JB15
CA10 JB2
JB3
CA170 JB129
JB130
CA20 CA15
CA21 CA16
CA36 CA35
CA1
CA169
CA189
CA222
CA230
CA240 CA65 CA65
CA70 CA70
CA25 CA30
CA45
CA5
CA60 CA55
WL3 WG3
WL1 WG1
WT3
WT1
estate_harn_con_loc_400062
SEDAN SHOWN
G2 - TRUNK, LH REAR
G1 - TRUNK, LH REAR
grd_pt_loc_4000625
SEDAN
CLIMATE CLIMATE
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITH (REMOTE)
CONTROL PANEL)
SPEED CONTROL
MODULE
RAIN SENSING ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
TRANSMISSION MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD
HEADLAMP LEVELING
MODULE YAW RATE SENSOR
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
POWER AMPLIFIER
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
cntrl_mod_loc_4000625
ESTATE / WAGON
ABS, ABS/TC OR
DSC MODULE
VACUUM MODULE
CLIMATE CLIMATE
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
(COMBINED WITH (REMOTE)
CONTROL PANEL)
SPEED CONTROL
MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE (TOP)
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
FULL OPTION SET
VOICE ACTIVATION SHOWN.
MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
MODULE (BOTTOM)
estate_cnt_mod_loc_4000625
cntrl_mod_pin_ld_4000625
62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97
BG BO - - GO YR - Y Y N - YU WU - - W NY N - WR - - - BR BU - -
1 2 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 114 115 116
B B - U BG - U - - U G Y W NU - BG - B - WK - NR WU NU NW OY BU B - BW BO -
2.0_cntrl_mod_pin_loc_4000625
X-TYPE - VIN: E19616 on
JB230 JB231
trans_cntrl_mod_4000625
dyn_stab_cnt_mod_4000625
AC1 IP101
AC1 IP101
cli_cnt_mod_4000625
5
AC1 IP13 IP101
IP39
cli_cnt_mod_man_4000625
gen_elec_mod_4000625
31
Control Module Pin Identification
32
page reference for TOC
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Control Module Pin Identification
IP11 IP10
inst_clust_4000625
X-TYPE - VIN: E19616 on
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX — — PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
TRANSIT ISOLATION RELAY JB186 2-WAY / BLACK BATTERY
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
G13AS G16AS
GU GU
JB186-1 JBS60 JB3-4
TIMER
U
JB186-2 JBS74
TRANSIT ISOLATION
RELAY
JB300-1
U
F27 15A JB207-1
B 2
F39 150 JB200-1
MEGAFUSE
JB213-1
I
R 3
R
F31 15A IP202-10 IP18-4
II
GO GO IP132-2
IP18-1 IPS45 IP132-1 GU GU
III IP132-3 IPS44
INERTIA SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY POWER BUS
f01_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
JB300-1
JB207-2
F28 15A
GR 7 03.6
JB207-4
F31 15A
UY 8 04.1 04.1
F32 15A JB207-7
R 16 05.3
(3) R
JB210-1 JBS94 R 17 05.3
O 18 03.6
F42 50A JB211-1
19 01.8 01.9
20 01.8 01.9
21 01.5
22 01.5
23 08.1 08.2
25 13.1 13.2
27 06.3
28 19.1
29 19.1
31 03.5
32 03.6
33 03.6
NOTATION:
(1) Vehicles with Anti-Lock Braking (ABS) only
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (2) Vehicles with ABS and Traction Control
(3) Vehicles with Dynamic Stability Control
f01_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
2 2
(1) OY 34 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
JB213-1 JB213-1
OY 35 11.3 11.4
OY (2) OY OY OY 60 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 13.1 13.2 13.3 14.1 14.2 19.1
CA206-9 RSS2 OY JB220-5
F3 30A CA70-15
36 11.3 11.4 F22 15A
OY OY 61 20.1 20.2 20.3
F6 30A CA206-5 OY NG 37 11.7 F25 5A IP201-13
OG CA65-11 GB GB 62 16.4 16.5
F8 20A CA204-7 CAS95 OY NG 38 11.7 F27 5A IP201-11
CA70-11 N N 63 19.1
GB NU 39 06.3 10.2 F28 15A IP201-10
CA16-18 O O 64 01.7 07.2 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 09.1 12.4 12.5 13.1 13.2 13.3
GB GB 40 06.3 10.2 F35 15A JB220-4
GB CA21-14 R R 65 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 09.2
CA204-9 CAS50 GB GB IP201-5
F9 10A 41 06.3 10.2 11.1 11.5 11.6 F38 15A
CA431-1 NW NW 66 15.1 15.2
GB GB 42 11.2 11.5 11.6 IP201-2
CA70-11 OY OY 67 16.4 16.5
O 43 08.1 08.2 09.1 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 14.1 14.2 F44 15A CA209-6 CA414-3
O O OY OY 68 15.1 15.2
CA204-5 RCS6 O CA209-5
F10 15A CA36-14
44 14.2
NOTE: RCS6 – Sliding Roof vehicles. OG 69 06.1 06.2
OY OY 45 14.1
OG
CA204-3 CA15-8 IP203-5 IPS77 OG
F45 10A
70 07.1 12.1 12.2 12.3
F11 20A OY OY 46 14.1
CA204-11 CA25-4
NR NR 47 16.5 71 10.1
CA204-1 CA414-1 F46 7.5A
NR 48 16.2 16.3
F12 10A 72 03.1 03.4
NR NR NR 49 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
CA204-2 PHS1
CA407-9 73 01.7
NR 50 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
74 01.6
(3) OG 51 06.3 10.2 11.1 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
75 06.1 06.2
OG 52 11.3 11.4
OG (4) OG 76 01.4
CA206-8 LSS2 OG
F16 30A CA65-15 53 11.3 11.4
77 08.3 08.4
N N 54 19.1
CA208-1
F18 15A 78 13.3
N N 55 08.5 08.6 08.7 08.8 08.9 19.1
CA208-14
F19 30A 79 06.3
CA204-10 NR 56 15.2
F20 30A NR
BATTERY POWER BUS
CAS90 NR
OY OY 58 14.1
CA204-12
CA20-8
F21 20A OY OY 59 14.1
CA204-4 CA30-4
NOTATION:
(1) Passenger Memory Seat; RH Seat without Lumbar
(2) RH Seat with Lumbar
(3) Driver Memory Seat; LH Seat without Lumbar
(4) LH Seat with Lumbar
G18AR
f01_3_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – R2
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
I YG 3
I
15.1 15.2
R GW YG
3
IP18-4 IP18-6 IP202-2 F43 10A IP203-1 IPS33 YG YG 4 15.1 15.2
I
II CA230-1
YG 5 16.5
I
YG
III CA414-2 YG 6
I
16.4 16.5
YG YG
CA230-16 CAS39 YG 7 16.1 16.2
I
IGNITION SWITCH YG YG
NOTE: CAS39 - Vehicles with CA407-10 PHS4 YG 8 16.2 16.3
Navigation and Telephone. I
NOTE: PHS4 - Vehicles with Telephone
and Voice Control system.
R2 4 NG NG 9 19.1
3 5 I
76
NG CA240-9
CAS27
F4 20A CA206-10 NG 10 08.5 08.6 08.7 08.8 08.9 19.1
1 2 I
B B
CA208-9 CAS10
G15AL
ACCESSORY
RELAY
f01_4_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX IGNITION RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – R5
SLAVE IGNITION RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – R13
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
12 13.1 13.2
II
14 13.1 13.2
II
I
3
R 15 03.2 03.4 03.6
II
IP18-4
II
GO IPS45 GO IP132-2 R13 4
IP18-1 IP132-1 GU GU GU GU 3 5
22
III IP132-3 IPS44 JB3-4 JBS60 JB205-6
INERTIA SWITCH 1 2 B B
JB202-12 JBS55
JB202-7
R5 4 GR GR 16 02.1 02.2
3 5 JB202-1 II
F6 7.5A JB1-13
21
NR NR 17 03.6
1 2 II
N F7 5A JB202-8
JB205-5 F35 5A GW GW 18 13.1 13.2
II
JB130-5
POWER DISTRIBUTION GW GW 19 13.1 13.2
FUSE BOX F9 30A JB204-2 JBS91 II
IGNITION RELAY
GW GW 20 13.1 13.2 13.3
II
JB3-5
RW RW 21 03.2 03.4
II
F10 15A JB201-4 JB1-30
WU 22 04.1 04.2
II
WU
JBS65 WU
F11 15A JB201-3 23 04.1 04.2
II
RW RW 24 03.6
II
F12 7.5A JB201-2
GW GW 25 05.1 05.2 05.3
II
F13 5A JB201-5
26 13.1 13.2
II
N 27 01.6
II
GU 28 01.6
II
f01_5_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 01.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX IGNITION RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – R5
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
32 08.3 08.4
II
28 GU 33 13.3
II II
IP202-1
Y Y 34 16.1 16.2
II
F30 5A CA208-6 CA407-8
GR GR 35 07.1
II
F42 5A IP202-12
WR WR 36 16.2 16.3
II
CA204-15 CA407-11
WR WR 37 13.2
II
F7 10A CA204-8
WU NU * 38 11.2 11.6 11.7
IP201-1 II
R5 4 WU CA70-9 * NOTE: GB - Non Memory Vehicles.
3 5 CAS70 WU NU
74 CA204-16 39 06.3 10.2 11.1 11.6 11.7
II
CA65-9
1 2 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)
27 N F13 15A CA206-4 NG 40 03.2
II II
JB220-8
NG (2.0 L) NG
PASSENGER JUNCTION CA208-13
F17 20A
FUSE BOX NG
IGNITION RELAY
JB220-10 CA10-3
B B 41 03.4
CAS10 II
CA208-9
G15AL
RW RW 42 02.1 02.2 03.2 03.4 04.1 04.2
II
F26 10A JB220-12 JB2-14 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)
JB196-5 (2.0 L) NOTE: JB2-14, JB196-5 - Manual Transmission only.
GB GB 43 08.3 08.4
II
F29 7.5A IP202-5
WR WR 44 20.1 20.2 20.3
II
F32 5A IP203-4
N N 45 18.1
II
F33 5A CA204-13
IP203-6
GB GB 46 08.3 08.4
II
F34 10A JB220-2 JB1-2
WR WR 47 08.10
II
IP201-3
WR IPS82 WR 48 06.1 06.2
IP201-4 II
F39 10A
(MAN A/C) WR
WR 48a 06.2
IP202-3 II
49 06.1
II
WR WR 50 04.1 04.2
II
F50 5A IP201-12
NR 51 03.1 03.5 03.6 05.1 05.2 05.3 08.3 08.4
(2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel) II
NR NR
PAS3 NR
JB2-2 52 03.2 03.6
II
NOTE: PAS3 - Speed Control only.
NR 53 03.4
(2.0 L) II
NR NR NR
PAS3 NR
F51 7.5A JB220-11 JB196-2 54 03.3 03.4 05.1 05.2 05.3 08.3 08.4
II
OY OY 55 19.1
II
F52 15A IP202-8
BR 56 19.1
II
WU
F40 5A CA209-1 CA36-12 WU 57 14.2
II
GU GU 58 14.1
II
CA209-2 CA30-5
GU GU 59 14.1
II
CA208-12 CA20-9
31 GO GW GW 60 14.1
II II
IP202-14 CA209-8 CA25-5
GW 61 14.1
II
GW GW
DDS3 GW
CA209-7 CA15-9 62 10.1 10.2 14.1
II
GR GR 63 17.1 17.2
II
IP202-16
GR GR 64 17.1 17.2
II
F41 5A CA209-11 CA70-3
G G 65 17.1 17.2
II
F53 10A IP202-15
GR GR 66 07.1
II
F54 5A IP202-13
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 01.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
BATTERY SAVER RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – R10
GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / NATURAL
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
R10 4
3 5 OY 67 09.1
B
73 F49 10A
1 2 OY 68 09.1
B
OY OY
64
O B CA209-3 CA36-13 RCS3 OY 69 09.1 19.1
B
JB172-5 BATTERY SAVER
RELAY OY 70 09.1
B
O B
IP5-20 IP203-13 OY 71 09.1
B
OY 72 09.1
B
OY
IP201-6 IPS12 OY 73 06.1 06.2
B
B
IP6-1
P B OY 75 09.1
B
CA86-5 OY
G4AR
G5AS
(G5AR)
CA209-10 CAS19 OY 76 09.1
B
GENERAL
ELECTRONIC MODULE NOTE: CAS19 - Estate / Wagon only.
NOTE: 'Battery Saver' provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutes
and automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes.
Battery Saver is also active when GEM diagnostic mode is entered
GEM timers are started when the Ignition Key has been switched to the position I (Accessory)
or 0 (Off) position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is/are switched
off.
When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled, and the Battery Saver
timer is reset:
* The Ignition is switched to position II (run) or position III (start).
* Any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.
* Any unlock is activated.
f01_ 7 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
R7 4
3 5 WG WG
19 77 03.2 03.4
E
F16 5A JB206-5 JB190-3
1 2 GW
20 78 03.2 03.4
E
GR 79 03.2 03.4
EMS CONTROL E
RELAY
GY 80 03.2 03.4
E
O B B NR NR GR
ILS1 GB
EN16-40 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB1-41 JB201-6 F17 10A JB206-1 JB1-33 EN4-6 81 03.2 03.4
EN65-69 (2.0 L) E
GU 82 03.2 03.4
E
GU 89 03.1
E
GU GU
ENS27 GU
JB1-11 90 03.1 03.3
E
WG WG 91 03.1
E
JB206-2 JB220-10
WG 92 03.1 03.3
E
WG WG PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
ENS11 WG
F19 10A JB206-7 JB1-35 93 03.1 03.3
E
WR 94 03.1 03.3
E
WR WR
ENS4 WR
F20 30A JB203-1 JB1-9 95 03.1 03.3
E
WG 96 03.1 03.3
E
WG WG
ENS13 WG
F21 30A JB203-3 JB1-1 97 03.1 03.3
E
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Gasoline Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
R7 4
3 5 WG WG
19 98 03.6
F16 5A JB206-5 JB190-3 E
1 2
20
NR 2.2 LITRE DIESEL
EMS CONTROL
RELAY NR NR NR GO 99 03.6
F17 10A JB206-1 JB1-33 2.0 LITRE DLS8 2.0 LITRE DL2-40
E
O B B DIESEL DIESEL
DL1-9 JB1-41 JB201-6
N
F18 10A JB206-6
NR 100 03.5
2.0 LITRE E
DIESEL
ENGINE CONTROL
JB205-4
MODULE
101 03.5
E
WR WR GY 102 03.5
F20 7.5A JB203-1 JB1-9 DL2-31 E
WG 103 03.5
E
WG 104 03.5
E
WG WG WG 105 03.5
F21 15A JB203- 3 JB1-1 DLS2 E
WG 106 03.5
E
f01_9_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Diesel Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Instrument Cluster GENERATOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1 / FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
Pin Description and Characteristic
D IP10–03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
D IP10–04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
I IP10–05 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10–06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+ PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
C IP10–17 CAN + POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
C IP10–18 CAN –
STARTER MOTOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN700 EYELET ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
S IP10–22 SCP +
S IP10–23 SCP – ST2 EYELET
STARTER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – R12
I IP11–08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11–13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
B
G12A B
4
B JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS G16AS
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
3
IP18-4
II
R12 4
3 5 Y Y
26
III F34 30A JB208-3 JB1-42
Y Y Y 1 2 GO
IP18-7 JB129-11 JB205-7 JB206-8
IGNITION SWITCH Y
(III) P JB205-8
STARTER
RELAY
42 RW N
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
II
JB156-10 B (AUTO)
JB156-6
Y
TRANSMISSION
EN700
RANGE SENSOR
(ROW) U (ROW) B
ST2 B
30 GO (NAS) RW W (NAS) B (MAN)
II PA5-1 PA5-2
JB2-16 JB2-12 STARTER MOTOR
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH
B I S Y
20.3
+
IP6-8 IP5-19
O.K. TO START
S U
20.3
IP5-18
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
S Y
+ 20.3
1 YU B IP10-22 GO O START
I ENGINE
IP11-13 S U
20.3
JB1-40 EN16-041 16 GR B
- II
IP10-23 Y Y CRANK EN49-2 ST4
I ENGINE
JB1-34 EN16-006 REQUEST
B I P, N
JB145-5 EN16-031 I OG
FIELD
EN16-065 EN49-3
O RG GENERATOR
G B EN16-053 EN49-1 CONTROL
IP10-6 I U
CHARGE / FAULT
C Y
20.1 20.2 20.2 20.1
Y C + EN16-079 EN49-4
+
IP10-17 GENERATOR EN16-124
O.K. TO START WARNING
O D C G
20.1 20.2 20.2 20.1
G C - GENERATOR
-
IP15-4 IP10-4 IP10-18 EN16-123
G WG D
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3
B P
IP15-2 IP10-5
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER B P
IP11-8 NOTE: ECM power supplies and
G37AL grounds shown on Figure 03.1.
(G36BL) f02_1_4000625
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
B
G12A B
4
B JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS G16AS
KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
3
IP18-4
II
R12 4
3 5 Y Y
26
III F34 30A JB208-3 JB1-42
Y Y Y 1 2 GO
IP18-7 JB129-11 JB205-7 JB206-8
IGNITION SWITCH Y
(III) P JB205-8
STARTER
RELAY
Y
TRANSMISSION
EN700
RANGE SENSOR
ST2 B
STARTER MOTOR
B I S Y
20.3
+
IP6-8 IP5-19
O.K. TO START
U
- S 20.3
IP5-18
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
S Y
+ 20.3
1 YU B IP10-22 GO O START
I ENGINE
IP11-13 S U
20.3
JB1-40 EN65-068 16 GR B
- II
IP10-23 Y Y I
CRANK EN49-2 ST4
ENGINE
JB1-34 EN65-006 REQUEST
B I P, N
JB1-6 EN65-085 I OG
FIELD
EN65-008 EN49-3
O RG GENERATOR
G B EN65-043 EN49-1 CONTROL
IP10-6 I U
CHARGE / FAULT
C Y
20.1 20.2 20.2 20.1
Y C + EN65-035 EN49-4
+
IP10-17 GENERATOR EN65-089
O.K. TO START
O G WARNING G
D - C 20.1 20.2 20.2 20.1 C - GENERATOR
IP15-4 IP10-4 IP10-18 EN65-088
G WG D
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3
B P
IP15-2 IP10-5
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER B P
IP11-8 NOTE: ECM power supplies and
G37AL
(G36BL) grounds shown on Figure 03.3.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE f02_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Pin Description and Characteristic GENERATOR – Diesel DE2 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE / FRONT
D IP10–03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
D IP10–04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
I IP10–05 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10–06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+ IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
C IP10–17 CAN + PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
C IP10–18 CAN –
S IP10–22 SCP + POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
S IP10–23 SCP – STARTER MOTOR – Diesel DL8 EYELET ENGINE BLOCK / LH SIDE
ST2 EYELET
I IP11–08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11–13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ STARTER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – R12
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND
G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
B
G12A B
4
B JB160
G12B
BATTERY
G13AS G16AS
KEY - IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
3
IP18-4
II
R12 4
3 5 Y Y
26
III F34 30A JB208-3 JB1-42
Y Y Y 1 2 GO
IP18-7 JB129-11 JB205-7 JB206-8
IGNITION SWITCH
STARTER
(III) JB205-8
RELAY
Y
DL8 DLS1
ST2 B
STARTER MOTOR
B I S Y
20.3
+
IP6-8 IP5-19
O.K. TO START
S U
- 20.3
IP5-18
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
S Y
+ 20.3
1 YU B IP10-22 GO O START
I ENGINE
IP11-13 S U JB1-40 DL1-021 GR GR B
- 20.3 10
IP10-23 DL2-42 DE2-2
N N
COMMON
G B DL1-112 DL2-25 DE2-3
IP10-6 W W
MONITOR
C Y
20.1 20.2 20.2 20.1
Y C + DL1-047 DL2-1 DE2-1
+
IP10-17 GENERATOR DL1-054
O.K. TO START WARNING
O D C G
20.1 20.2 20.2 20.1
G C - GENERATOR
-
IP15-4 IP10-4 IP10-18 DL1-073
G WG D
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3
B P
IP15-2 IP10-5
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER B P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
G37AL
(G36BL) grounds shown on Figure 03.5.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE f02_3_4000625
CONTROL MODULE
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Diesel Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
U U
EN12 EN12 EN43 EN43 EN33 EN33 EN23 -2 -1 EN6 -1 -3 -2 -4 -5 EN18 -2 -1 EN25 -1 -2 IL7 -3 -2 -1 IL8 -1 -2 EN8 -2 -1 -4 FT7 -2 -3 -1
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
EN37 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN32 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN14 -4 -3 -1 -2 EN9 -4 -3 -1 -2
WG
WG
GW
WG
WG
WU
WR
WR
BW
BW
GO
GU
RG
OY
BG
BG
YG
NU
BG
OY
BG
BG
RU
UY
BR
BR
UY
O
O
G
G
N
N
Y
Y
B
Y
Y
96 94 97 95 84 ILS2
E E E E E
NR Y
9 B I EN16-083
EN16-022 I G
EN16-084
BG
92 WG B O EN16-001
RU
E ENS2 ENS5
EN16-023 O RU BG BG
EN16-002
93 WG B I EN16-107
Y ENS15
E EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 CA5 CA5 CA5
EN16-024 I G
EN16-108 -4 -11 -12 -10 -6 -4 -5
IGNITION SENSE 29 GO I O GO
II EN16-055
EN16-007 GO ENS3
O EN16-056
11 GU N
BG
RG
I
OY
VIA INERTIA SWITCH I EN16-128
BG
OY
II
U
U
U
EN16-010 O EN16-092
02.1
Y I
BR
ENGINE CRANK EN16-130
EN16-006 I N
EN16-129
B UY
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.8 O O EN16-093
EN16-040 Y CA10 CA10 CA10
EN16-037 -13 -18 -19
GENERATOR: CONTROL 02.1
RG O I P
EN16-036
EN16-053 I O
EN16-094
OG B
BG
RG
OY
GENERATOR: FIELD 02.1 I EN16-095
EN16-065 BG
EN16-100
GENERATOR: CHARGE / FAULT 02.1
U I I G
EN16-068
EN16-079 N
EN16-069
GO N JB1
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.1 O I EN16-098 -14
EN16-041 I EN16-044
GW
02.1
B I BW
PARK; NEUTRAL EN16-045
EN16-031 BW ENS10
EN16-046
I EN16-071
O
I UY BG BG
EN16-070
G BG ENS6 JB1-17 JBS20
20.2 20.1 C - EN16-019
EN16-123 I Y
EN16-078
20.2 20.1
Y C + I U
EN16-073
EN16-124 I U
EN16-050
20.3
W D OY OY OY
EN16-012
EN16-105 RG ENS7 JB1-18 JBS45
I EN16-104
I BW
EN16-127
THROTTLE MOTOR I Y Y Y Y
EN16-103
RELAY I R JB1-8 R JB2-6 R R
EN16-102
R7 4 BG JB1-7 BG JB2-8 BG
EN16-020
3 5 RW RW Y JB1-12 Y JB2-15 Y
72 B
EN16-013
F36 20A JB220-6 JB1-38 EN16-134 JB1-3 JB2-13
BG
OY
EN16-043
91 1 2 GR GR O O EN16-080
G
E
JB220-9 JB1-39 EN16-052 O R
EN16-106
I Y
EN16-076
G
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX I EN16-075
I GO GO GW
EN16-008
B O JB1-23 O O JBS4 JB2-1
O EN16-067
B EN16-017 UY JB1-29 CA170-5 JB2 JB2
O EN16-066 -7 -5
B EN16-018 YU JB1-10
P O EN16-039
B EN16-004 OY
P O EN16-038
BG
EN16-005
OY
B O G CA5
G
R
EN16-110
BG
OY
BG
B EN16-030 RW -9
O
R
EN16-109
Y
Y
B EN16-054
EN16-082 89 90 86 85 51
B II
E E E E
B EN16-091
EN95 -3 -6 -4 -5 -1 -2
GW
B EN16-029
NR
RW
GU
GU
OY
YU
GU
GU
G
PA1 -5 -3 -4 -2 -6 -1
B
UY
B EN16-081 NOTES:
B EN16-111
O
EN16-116 EN61 -2 -1 EN42 -2 -1 EN999 -2 -1 EN998 -2 -1 JB170 -2 -1 FT5 -2 -1 * EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank PA3 -1 -3
Pressure Sensor - NAS vehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed lines
ENGINE CONTROL
ENS1 ENS22 ENS47 are braided wires.
MODULE
B B B (Continued Fig. 03.2) BRD TP1 TP2
THROTTLE APP1 APP2
1 2 1 2 MOTOR
G8AL G8AR TP SENSOR
VVT IMT EVAP EVAP BRAKE APP SENSOR
SOLENOID VALVES SOLENOID VALVES CANISTER ON / OFF THROTTLE BODY
CANISTER
(1 - BOTTOM; 2 - TOP) PURGE VALVE CLOSE VALVE * SWITCH
f0
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G17 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 CA LOWER LH ‘E’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
RG 5 3
4 3 30
JB202-3 F5 10A
BG 2 1
6 5
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2 15
II
EN51- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN52- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN53- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN54- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN55- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN56- 4- 2- 3- 1 JB202-4
GW
NW
GU
GR
NG
GN
GY
NR
NU
GB
NY
N
CYLINDER NUMBERING
GW
GW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GU
GR
GU
GR
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
B
B
IGNITION
78 80 82 79 81 83 RW CAPACITOR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
E E E E E E RW JB1
-36
EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 RW
-1 -7 -2 -8 -3 -9
21 RW RW
II ENS19 RW
BW
BW
EN94 -1 -2
BG
BO
BG
BO
RW
RW RG B
O
BG B EN30-1 EN30-2
EN16-115
BO B
O EN16-114 AIR CONDITIONING G17AS
BG B
O EN16-113 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
O
BW B B
EN16-120
BW B ENS18
O EN16-119
O
BO B B
EN16-118
O GU JB1
EN16-087 -37
GW ENS17 ENS16
O EN16-088 G17AS
I
YG
EN16-131
O GR
EN16-089
BG
O GU
EN16-061
GW NG GCU4 FANS
O EN16-062 11 B
J1-4
I
YG
EN16-132
O GR 77 WG GCU9 B
EN16-063 J1-9
E
O EN16-034
BG
O EN16-051
WU WU WU WU GCU10 I J1-10
I
W W JB145-7 JB190-4
EN16-025
O N N
EN16-027
OG GCU5
O J1-5
GC2-A GC2-B
EN16-133
WG
I EN16-033 LH COOLING FAN GCU6
I
U OY O J1-6
EN16-009
EN16-019
BG
OY R GCU7 O J1-7
EN16-012
I
WU GC1-B GC1-A
EN16-121
YR
I EN16-047 RH COOLING FAN
YG G GCU8 O J1-8
EN16-048
B B GCU3 P J1-3
BG
OY
ENGINE CONTROL JB190-2
MODULE
WG
YG
YR
U
(Continued from Fig. 03.1) COOLING FAN
G11AS
ENS7 ENS6 MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
WU
BG
OY
grounds shown on Figure 03.1. JB1 JB1 JB1 JB1
-24 -25 -28 -4
40 NG B
II
WG
JB1 JB1 JB1
YG
YR
CA105-9
U
-19 -18 -17
W W O
JB145-1 CA10-15 CA105-7
BG
OY
52 42
JBS JBS II II CA105-4
45 20
RW
NR
CA105-5
W
WU
U
BG
OY
KB R R O
CASSETTE
ON RESUME SET + SET - CANCEL OFF FT2-2 (ROW) CA5-7 CA105-10
B B YG FT6-6 (NAS)
JB106 -3 -2 -1 PA2 -1 -2 PA4 -3 -1
SWS1
SW5-2 SW4-3 IP34-6 FUEL PUMP
B Y Y O
FT2-4 (ROW) CA5-8 CA105-3
CASSETTE FT6-1 (NAS)
YR YR FUEL TANK
2K2 1K0 510R 300R 180R 120R SW5-4 SW4-1 IP34-8
B P
CA105-2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
G35AS
AIR CONDITIONING BRAKE CLUTCH
STEERING WHEEL *** NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch - FUEL PUMP
PRESSURE SENSOR CANCEL CANCEL Manual Transmission vehicles only. MODULE
SWITCH SWITCH *** f03_ 2
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
U U
EN12 EN12 EN43 EN43 EN33 EN33 EN23 -2 -1 EN6 -1 -3 -2 -4 -5 EN18 -2 -1 EN25 -1 -2 EN8 -2 -1 -4
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
EN37 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN32 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN14 -4 -3 -1 -2 EN9 -4 -3 -1 -2
GW
WG
WG
WR
WR
BW
BW
GO
GU
OY
BG
BG
BG
BG
RU
UY
BR
UY
W
W
O
G
G
G
N
N
Y
Y
B
Y
Y
96 94 97 95 84
E E E E E
NR Y
9 B I EN65-051
EN65-021 I G
EN65-050
92 WG B O EN65-077
RU
E ENS2 ENS5
EN65-022 O RU BG BG
EN65-104 ENS15
93 WG B I EN65-026
Y
E
EN65-023 I G
EN65-025
29 GO I O GO
IGNITION SENSE II EN65-076
EN65-063 GO ENS3
O EN65-103
11 GU I I N
VIA INERTIA SWITCH II EN65-053
EN65-036 O U
EN65-047
Y BR
ENGINE CRANK 02.2 I EN65-055
EN65-006 I N
EN65-054
B UY
EMS CONTROL RELAY
Y 01.8 O O EN65-046
EN65-069 Y
EN65-062
02.2
RG O I G
GENERATOR: CONTROL EN65-061
EN65-043 I O
EN65-059
02.2
OG I
B
GENERATOR: FIELD EN65-060
EN65-008 BG
EN65-038
02.2
U I I G
GENERATOR: CHARGE / FAULT EN65-086
EN65-035 N
EN65-087
02.2
GO O I N
STARTER RELAY DRIVE EN65-037
EN65-068 I EN65-030
GW
02.2
B I BW
PARK; NEUTRAL EN65-029
EN65-085 BW ENS10
EN65-031
I EN65-081
O
I UY
EN65-080
20.2 20.1
G C - I Y
EN65-079
EN65-088
Y
20.2 20.1 C +
EN65-089
EN65-003
BG
W ENS6
20.3 D
EN65-039 OY
EN65-011
BW ENS7
I EN65-001
O G
EN65-097
B O R
EN65-098
B EN65-004 N
I EN65-027
B EN65-005
P
B EN65-018 GO GO GW GW
P I EN65-034
B EN65-019 JB1-23 JBS4 CA170-15
B EN65-048 UY
O EN65-074
B EN65-052 OY JB1-10 JB196
O EN65-071
EN65-102 -1
B O G
EN65-095
B EN65-064 RW
O EN65-096
BG
EN65-075
OY
B
54
G
N
R
B EN65-078 90 86 II
E E
EN65-091
GW
NR
RW
GU
OY
GU
G
B
UY
ENGINE CONTROL EN88 EN88 EN88 EN87 EN87
-1 -2 -3 -1 -2
MODULE
ENS1 ENS22 ENS47 (Continued Fig. 03.4) EN61 -2 -1 EN42 -2 -1 EN990 -2 -1 JB170 -2 -1 PA3 -1 -3
B B B
NOTE: Shielding shown as dashed
G8AL G8AR lines are braided wires.
BRD
1 2 2
VVT IMT EVAP BRAKE TP SENSOR IDLE SPEED
SOLENOID VAVES SOLENOID VALVE CANISTER ON / OFF CONTROL VALVE
PURGE VALVE SWITCH
f03_ 3 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G17 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 CA LOWER LH ‘E’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
RG 5 3
4 3 30
JB202-3 F5 10A
BG 2 1
6 5
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2 15
II
EN51- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN52- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN55- 4- 2- 3- 1 EN56- 4- 2- 3- 1 JB202-4
GW
NW
GU
GR
NG
GN
GY
NR
NU
GB
NY
N
CYLINDER NUMBERING
GW
GW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
GU
GR
GU
GR
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
B
B
IGNITION
78 80 82 79 81 83 RW CAPACITOR JB1 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
E E E E E E -36
RW
EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 RW
-1 -7 -2 -8 -3 -9
21 RW RW
II ENS19 RW
BW
BW
BG EN94 -1 -2
BO
BG
BO
RW
RW RG B
O
BG B EN30-1 EN30-2
EN65-065
BO B
O EN65-066 AIR CONDITIONING G17AS
O
BG B COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
EN65-067
O
BW B B
EN65-092
BW B ENS18
O EN65-093
O
BO B B
EN65-094
O GU JB1
EN65-014 -37
GW EN 17 EN 16
O EN65-015 G17AS
I
YG
EN65-012
O GR
EN65-016
BG
O GU
EN65-040
GW NG GCU4 FANS
O EN65-041 11 B
J1-4
I
YG
EN65-013
GR 77 WG GCU9 B
O EN65-042 J1-9
E
O EN65-020
BG
O EN65-044
WU WU WU WU GCU10 I J1-10
O GR JB1-8 JB190-4
EN65-099
EN65-003
BG
OY OG GCU5
EN65-011 O J1-5
I
WU GC2-A GC2-B
EN65-002
WG
I EN65-084 LH COOLING FAN GCU6
I
U OY O J1-6
EN65-007
I GO GO GW
EN65-034
O
G JB1-23 JBS4 R GCU7 O J1-7
EN65-017
I
GU JB1 JB1 GC1-B GC1-A
EN65-057
GW -28 -4
I EN65-056 RH COOLING FAN
G GCU8 O J1-8
WG
U
ENGINE CONTROL G I I GO B B GCU3 P J1-3
BG
OY
MODULE JB1-7 JB161
-K
JB161
-G
JB190-2
(Continued from Fig. 03.3) GU O I WG (MAN)
JBS51 G11AS
JB161 JB161
JB1-38
-J -C NOTE:JBS51-Speed COOLING FAN
NOTE: ECM power supplies and GW U (AUTO) MODULE
O I Control vehicles only.
grounds shown on Figure 03.3. JB1-14 JB161 JB161
-H -C JBS50
U ENS7 ENS6 GR
I
JB161 JB1-39 FUEL PUMP
-D
B RELAY
WU
WG
BG
JB161
OY
R7
U
4
-E
87 GU B I YR GO GO 5 3
72
E JB161 JB161 CA415-1 CA170-1 JB220-6 F36 20A
-F -A
I YG JB196 JB196 JB196
FUEL PUMP
2 1 41
JB161 -1 -10 -3 JB1 JB1 JB1 II
-B -19 -18 -17
B JB220-9
54 53 42 CA415-5
II II II
SPEED CONTROL
FUEL TANK G35AS
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
MODULE
GW
RW
JBS55
NR
NR
WU
U
BG
OY
CASSETTE
ON RESUME SET + SET - CANCEL OFF
B B YG YG PA3 -1 -3 PA2 -1 -2 PA4 -3 -1 JB106 -3 -2 -1
SW5-2 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 JB129-14
CASSETTE B
YR YR YR
2K2 1K0 510R 300R 180R 120R SW5-4 SW4-1 IP34-8 JB129-13
* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch - Manual Transmission vehicles only.
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES G14AL
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
103 WG B
E DL1-003
DL6 -2 -5 -4 -3 DL15 -1 -2 -3 -4 DE6 -1 -2 DE7 -1 -2 -3 DE13 -2 -1 DE3 -1 -2 -3 DE1 -1 -2 DE8 -1 -2
104 WG B PA6 -9 -10 -5 -6 -8 -4 -2 -3 -7
E DL1-004 DL4 -1 -2
WG
WU
NU
NU
105 WG B
WG
WG
WG
WG
NW
WR
NW
NW
WR
WU
WK
WK
WK
WB
NG
NG
YG
NR
YG
NU
NU
NR
NU
NY
YR
YU
W
N
Y
E DL1-005
106
E
IGNITION SENSE 29 GO I
II
DL1-037 I DL1-083 WU 107
GU NU E
VIA INERTIA SWITCH 11 I DL1-084
II DLS3
DL1-018 I DL1-099 WG
DL1-108 YG
B WG
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.9 O I DL1-107
DL1-009 DL1-100 NG
N WK
GENERATOR: COMMON 02.3 O I DL1-064
DL1-112 DL1-065 NW
W WR WR
GENERATOR: MONITOR 02.3 O I DL1-090
DL1-047 NR DL2-5 NR
DL1-082
GO NW DL2-4 NW
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.3 O DL1-104
WK DL2-2 WK
DL1-021 I DL1-103
WK DL2-3 WK
I DL1-101
NW DL2-11 NW
DL1-102
WG DL2-10 WG
I DL1-025
NG DL2-20 NG
DL1-026
YG DL2-21 YG
DL1-006
Y WU DL2-19 NU
20.3 S+ I DL1-109
DL1-055 NU DL2-27 NU
DL1-110
U N DL2-26 WB
20.3 S - I DL1-045
DL1-074 DL2-7
O DL1-095
O DL1-087 BU BU
BO DL2-32 BO
O DL1-115
BW DL2-28 BW
O DL1-114
GW GR DL2-38 GR
B DL1-117
DLS9 GW DL2-29 GW
BU DL2-39 BU
O DL1-121
BY DL2-30 BY
O DL1-120
GY GU DL2-36 GU
B DL1-118
DLS10 GY DL2-35 GY
DL2-37 102 B 51
E II
B P
DL1-001 O DL1-020 OG
GW
NR
BY
JB1-35
B
GW
BW
GU
GR
GY
BO
GY
BU
BU
BY
P
JB2-11
DL1-002
R10 4
B B P DE11 -1 -2 DE12 -1 -2 DE9 -1 -2 DE10 -1 -2 DE5- 2- 1 B PA4 -5 -4 PA3 -1 -3
DLS1 3 5 GO
DL1-028 31
JB209-1
B F22 60A JB237-1 JBS55
GO
P
1 2 OG
DL1-066 101
B E JB205-3 B
G8AL P
DL1-088
GLOW PLUG G14AL
2 3 1 4
RELAY DL10
ENGINE CONTROL GLOW PLUG FUEL INJECTORS FUEL METERING CLUTCH BRAKE ON/OFF
MODULE POWER DISTRIBUTION
POWER EYELET VALVE SWITCH SWITCH
(Continued Fig. 3.6) FUSE BOX
f03_ 5 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Diesel Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G51 JB UNDER BODY / LH DASH PANEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
I
GW 2 JB30AR
NOTE: JB238 -3 -1 -5 JB206-3
** Ferrite Core JB235-5 B
NR
AUXILIARY HEATER
G
U
JB232 -5 -1 -4 -2 -3 DE15 DE15 DE15 DE15 JB30AL
-3 -5 -1 -2 RELAY 1 3
RW
GW
GR
W
G
B
17
GO
DL2-33
G
Y
B
SERIAL DLS1 JBS14 JB235-3
II 20.3 G51AL G51AR
U COMMUNICATION
O DL1-080 G51AL G8AL
JB1-34
7 24 99 JB234 4
II E
O DL1-061 BO BO O 3 5 GW ELECTRIC
JB1-38 18 AUXILIARY HEATER*
** DL2-23 DL2-17
C DL1-054 Y Y DES03 Y 20.1 20.2 1 2
G G G 24 RW BG
C DL1-073
20.2 II
20.1
DL2-24 DES04 DL2-18
**
AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 2
O DL1-062 BG BG
JB1-39
O DL1-079 BG BG
JB1-37 RG B
DL9-1 DL9-2
JB1
-36
+ O
I
+ O I I
I
DL17 -1 -2 -3
DL16 DL16 DL16 DL16 DL16 4 R3
-4 -2 -6 -5 -1 DL14 -1 -2
RG 5 3
30
NR
BU
JB202-3 F5 10A
WU
NU
YU
WU
NU
YU
W
U
BG 2 1
15
+ DL1-007 YU 100 JB202-4
II
DL1-027
NU E
I
I DL1-008 WU
DL1-096 BU
O
NG GCU4 FANS
11 B
J1-4
O DL1-105 WU WU
98 WG GCU9 B
BG JB1-8 BG J1-9
DL1-068 E
OY JB1-17 OY
DL1-086 GCU10
WU JB1-18 WU WU WU I
I DL1-106 J1-10
JB1-19 JB190-4
I DL1-077 U U U
GO JB1-28 GO GW JB2-10 GW
I DL1-058 GCU5
JB1-23 JBS4 JB2-1 OG O J1-5
GW
DL1-013
WU
GW
RW
NR
NR
OY
BG
JB1-24 JB129-14 GCU7
U
R O J1-7
GC1-B GC1-A
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Diesel Engine Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
2
3
REDUCTION
2/4 BRAKE
2/4 BRAKE
ABC
CLUTCH
P
LOW
LINE
TCC
N
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 B 02.1 02.2
ECM: STARTER
-18 -9 -10 -11 -17 -15 -16 -12 -14 -13 -7 -8 -2 -1 -4 -3 -6 -5 CIRCUIT
JB156-6
UY B
N G O R G Y W U W R N B G GY O B
8 B JB131-17
JB131-06 O JB131-15 B
O JB131-14 N RW 42
II
22 WU B O JB131-52 G JB156-10
II
JB131-36 O JB131-16 O
WU R
BRD
BRD
BRD
23 B O JB131-18
II
JB131-54 O JB131-03 G
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
O JB131-53 Y -9 -7 -2 -1 -3 -4 -8
20.2 20.1
Y C + O JB131-10 W
B
JB131-33 O JB131-04 U U S W Y
20.2 20.1
G C - I JB131-39 W JBS55
JB131-12 R
JB131-20 B
20.2 20.1
Y C + I JB131-24 N
JB131-34 JB131-44 BRD G14AL
20.2 20.1
G C - I JB131-21 G
JB131-13 JB131-46 BRD
I JB131-05 O
JB131-42 BRD
I JB131-30 U
I JB131-26 S
I JB131-25 W
I JB131-27 Y
I JB131-47 OY
I JB131-08 R
I JB131-07 O
I JB131-45 BW
P JB131-09 B
P JB131-38 B
OY OY
G15BR G15BL IP14-6 JB129-10
R B WR 50
II
IP14-1
N G
- C 20.1 20.2
D IP14-10
+ C
Y 20.1 20.2
2 IP14-9
CAN MESSAGES:
* GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
3 - C G 20.1 20.2 * BRAKE ON / OFF
IP14-12
+ C
Y 20.1 20.2
B B P IP14-11
IPS68 IP14-2 I G 09.2 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
G37BL IP14-3
f04_1_4000625
TE MODULE
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 16-Bit TCM Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: Early Production Sedan Vehicles
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
2
3
REDUCTION
2/4 BRAKE
2/4 BRAKE
CLUTCH
ABC
P
LOW
LINE
TCC
N
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 B 02.1
ECM: STARTER
02.2 CIRCUIT
-18 -9 -10 -11 -17 -15 -16 -12 -14 -13 -7 -8 -2 -1 -4 -3 -6 -5
JB156-6
UY B
8 B JB230-04 N G O R G Y W U W R N B G GY O B
JB231-28 O JB230-11 B
O JB230-12 N RW 42
II
22 WU B O JB230-20 G JB156-10
II
JB230-10 O JB230-03 O
BRD
BRD
BRD
23 WU B O JB230-01 R
II
JB230-19 O JB230-02 G
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
O JB230-08 Y -9 -7 -2 -1 -3 -4 -8
Y W
20.2 20.1 C + O JB230-07
B
JB230-05 O JB230-21 U U S W Y
G BRD JBS55
20.2 20.1 C - JB230-23
JB230-06 JB230-18 U
I B
Y O
20.2 20.1 C + I JB230-24
JB230-14 G14AL
G W
20.2 20.1 C - I JB231-47
JB230-15 JB231-42 R
I JB231-38 N
I JB231-39 G
JB231-44 BRD
I JB231-29 O
JB231-26 BRD
I JB231-35 S
I JB231-36 W
I JB231-34 Y
I JB231-41 OY
I JB231-27 R
I JB231-43 BW
P JB231-25 B
P JB231-48 B OY OY
IP14-6 JB129-10
G15BR G15BL
MODE SWITCH
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE Y 07.2 GEM: KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
JB130 JB129 JB129 IP14-4
-6 -20 -22 NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
I
R O SECOND
GEAR U R
IP14-14 O 3
O IP18-3 IP18-4
O THIRD IP14-16
KEY LOCK
GEAR
IP14-15 O SOLENOID
BW O FOURTH
GEAR
GEARSHIFT
IP14-5
INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
P O IGNITION SWITCH
R B WR 50
II
IP14-1
N G
- C 20.1 20.2
D IP14-10
+ C
Y 20.1 20.2
2 IP14-9
CAN MESSAGES:
* GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
3 - C
G 20.1 20.2
* BRAKE ON / OFF
IP14-12
+ C
Y 20.1 20.2
B B P IP14-11
IPS68 G
IP14-2 I 09.2 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
G37BL IP14-3
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 32-Bit TCM Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
H H H H H H
LF1 LF1 RF1 RF1 LR1 LR1 RR1 RR1
-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
WU GB WG NG R W R W
W N W R
WU GB WG NG WU GB WG NG
JB133 JB133 JB15 JB15 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -6 -7 -16 -17 -6 -7 -16 -17
25 GW B I JB45-12 W
II
JB45-23 JB45-28 N
I JB45-16 WR
Y NR
DRIVER WARNINGS; 20.2 20.1 C + JB45-15
JB45-24 WU
CAN VEHICLE SPEED; I JB45-14
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION G GB
20.2 20.1 C - JB45-13
JB45-40 I JB45-31 WG
JB45-30 NG
I JB45-32 GO GW
B JBS4
P JB45-05 JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel)
R JB196-1 (2.0 L)
12 B
MOTOR
2.0 L VEHICLES
JB45-02
R
13 B
SOLENOIDS
JB45-06
VACUUM
PUMP*
PRESSURE
PUMP
B
MOTOR P JB45-01
R S
54 2.0 L
II
88 5
E
51 2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel
II
VP1 VP1
-1 -2
B GO GU U R S GW NR
PA3 PA3
-1 -3
CONTROL
VALVES ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IF
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);
SYSTEM MODULE
SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).
BRAKE
B B B VACUUM MODULE*
ON / OFF
SWITCH
G18AL G18AR G14AR * NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit -2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only.
f05_ 1 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: ABS Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
H H H H H H
LF1 LF1 RF1 RF1 LR1 LR1 RR1 RR1
-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
W N W R WU GB WG NG R W R W
WU GB WG NG WU GB WG NG
JB133 JB133 JB15 JB15 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -6 -7 -16 -17 -6 -7 -16 -17
25 GW B
II
JB197-23
Y W
DRIVER WARNINGS; 20.2 20.1 C + I JB197-12
JB197-24 N
CAN VEHICLE SPEED; JB197-28
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION G WR
20.2 20.1 C - I JB197-16
JB197-40 JB197-15 NR
I JB197-14 WU
JB197-13 GB
B B B B I I JB197-31 WG
IPS68 IP29-5 IP29-2 JB130-7 JB197-27 NG
JB197-30
TRACTION CONTROL I JB197-32 GO GW
G37BL SWITCH P JB197-05 B JBS4 JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
R
14 B
MOTOR 2.0 L VEHICLES
JB197-02
R
15 B
SOLENOIDS
JB197-06
VACUUM
PUMP*
PRESSURE
PUMP
B
MOTOR P JB197-01
R S
54 2.0 L
II
88 5
E
51 2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel
II
VP1 VP1
-1 -2
B GO GU U R S GW NR
PA3 PA3
-1 -3
CONTROL
VALVES
ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IF
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);
TRACTION CONTROL SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).
MODULE
f05_ 2 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: ABS / TC Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
C C C C
H H H H H H
IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP19 IP19 IP19 IP19 JB89 JB89 JB89 LF1 LF1 RF1 RF1 LR1 LR1 RR1 RR1
-3 -2 -1 -4 -3 -4 -1 -2 -2 -3 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
WG GB B W N W R
Y G U GW Y G U GW R W R W
20.2 20.1
CAN YAW RATE
IPS6
20.2 20.1
IPS7 CA55 CA55 CA60 CA60 CA55 CA55 CA60 CA60
-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
20.2 20.1
STEERING ANGLE U GW
20.2 20.1 WU GB WG NG
WU GB WG NG
JB129 JB129
-9 -16
JB133 JB133 JB15 JB15 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -6 -7 -16 -17 -6 -7 -16 -17
25 GW B JB185-21 U
II
JB185-23 JB185-39 GW
I JB185-26 WG
Y GB
20.2 20.1 C + JB185-42
DRIVER WARNINGS; B
JB185-24 JB185-25
VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION G W
20.2 20.1 C - I JB185-12
JB185-40 JB185-28 N
I JB185-16 WR
JB185-15 NR
I JB185-14 WU
B B B B I JB185-13 GB
IPS68 IP29-5 IP29-2 JB130-7 JB185-27 WG
I JB185-31
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL JB185-30 NG
G37BL SWITCH I JB185-32 GO GW
B JBS4 JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel)
P JB185-05
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
R
16 B
MOTOR 2.0 L VEHICLES
JB185-02
R
17 B
SOLENOIDS
JB185-06
PRESSURE VACUUM
PUMP PUMP*
MOTOR P JB185-01 B
R S
54 2.0 L
II
88 5
E
51 2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel
II
VP1 VP1
-1 -2
B GO GU U R S GW NR
PA3 PA3
-1 -3
JBS67
BRAKE
VACUUM MODULE*
B B B ON / OF
FSWITCH
* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit - 2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only. f05_ 3 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: DSC Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
DISCHARGE EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE FRESH / RECIRCULATION DEFROST DOOR PANEL / FLOOR AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR FLAP ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
SENSOR
NOTE: The CCM incorporates the control panel STEPPER COILS STEPPER COILS STEPPER COILS
for the Climate Control System.
C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2
AC6 AC6 AC5 AC5 (LHD) AC7 AC7 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC2 AC2 AC2 AC2 AC2
-2 -1 -1 -2 -4 -2 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5
(RHD) AC7 AC7
-2 -4
UY B B G GW U GB GR GU GO R O RU OG R OY RG WB RW W Y
OG UY
69 B I AC1-15
IP101-14 AC1-16 B
73 OY B I AC1-14 G ACS2
B
IP101-01 O AC1-04 GW
48 WR B O AC1-05 U
II
IP101-02 O AC1-21 GB
O AC1-06 GR
Y GU
20.2 20.1 C + O AC1-20
IP101-09 O AC1-07 GO
G R
20.2 20.1 C- O AC1-13
IP101-10 O AC1-23 O
Y RU
20.2 20.1 C + O AC1-08
IP101-22 O AC1-22 OG
G R
20.2 20.1 C- O AC1-09
IP101-23 O AC1-26 OY
O AC1-25 RG
G WB
CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION 09.2 I O AC1-10
IP101-20 O AC1-24 RW
O AC1-11 W
O AC1-12 Y
I IP101-07 BW
B P CCM O IP135-01 BW
IP101-15 BR IPS55
O IP39-03
G37BR O IP39-04 BK
O IP39-02 BO
O IP39-06 BG
O IP39-01 GB
IPS37
B P
BLOWER
IP135-02
G36AR
GB GB BW
CLIMATE CONTROL
MODULE
BLOWER
6 5432 1
R4 4
3 5 OY
75
F37 30A IP201-7
B B 2 1 WR 49
CAS10 CA208-9 II
G15AL
AIR CONDITIONING
BLOWER
RELAY
NOTE: Refer to Figure 03.2, 03.4 or 03.6 for
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
f06_ 1 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Manual Climate Control Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
UY B B G GW U GB GR GU GO R O RU OG R OY RG WB RW W Y WR BW W B B B
OG UY
69 B I AC1-15
IP101-14 AC1-16 B 48a
11
73 OY B I AC1-14 G ACS2 JB3 JB3
B -10 -9
IP101-01 O AC1-04 GW
48 WR B O AC1-05 U
II B
IP101-02 O AC1-21 GB
O AC1-06 GR
Y GU
20.2 20.1 C + O AC1-20
IP101-09 GO IPS27
O AC1-07
G R
20.2 20.1 C - O AC1-13
IP101-10 O AC1-23 O
Y RU B B
20.2 20.1 C O AC1-08
IP101-22 O AC1-22 OG
G R
20.2 20.1 C - O AC1-09
IP101-23 O AC1-26 OY
O AC1-25 RG
G WB
CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION* 09.2 I O AC1-10
IP101-20 O AC1-24 RW
O AC1-11 W
* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit - Y
O AC1-12
not used 'Touch Screen' vehicles.
O IP101-05 BW
I IP101-16 W
IP101-17 B
I IP101-19 B
O IP101-06 B
I IP101-07 BW
O IP101-21 W
P IP101-15 B
CLIMATE G37BR
CONTROL MODULE B
CONTROL
IP134-6 (LHD)
IP134-4 (RHD)
BW SENSE
IP134-3 (LHD)
R4 4 IP134-5 (RHD)
3 5 OY OY
75 B+
F37 30A IP201-7 IP134-2 (LHD)
B B 2 1 IP134-1 (RHD)
W
CAS10 CA208-9 IP202-3 B
G15AL IP134-1 (LHD)
AIR CONDITIONING IP134-2 (RHD)
BLOWER G36AR
RELAY BLOWER
f06_ 2 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G3 C03 LH ‘E’ POST
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
39
GB R B
DD5-12
41
GB B
DM2-6 O YR YR YR Y I MIRROR HEATER
51
OG B DM1-14 CA431-4 CA16-19 DD5-20
DM2-1
39 NU B B BB B B P
II CAS10 DDS1
DM2-4 CA15-2 DD5-13
G15AL
(G4AL) NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
DRIVER
MEMORY
DOOR MIRROR VEHICLES
I GO 40
GB R B
DM1-10 PD4-12
B
DM2-3 YR YR Y I MIRROR HEATER
B B B B P CA21-15 PD4-20
CAS8 (LHD) CA65-16 DMS1 DM2-5
CAS10 (RHD)
G4AL B BB B B P
(G15AL)
DRIVER SEAT MODULE CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD4-13
G4AL
(G15AL) NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only.
PASSENGER
(1) GO DOOR MIRROR
O B CA206-2 CA431-8
IP101-04 IP201-9
R6 4
3 5 (2) GO GO B B BB
79 NOTE: CAS10 - RHD
F15 10A CA206-2 CA20-17 PD4-9 PD4-10 PDS1 CA20-2 CAS10
B B 1 2
O G4AL
(G15AL)
JB130-21
IP101-03 PASSENGER DOOR
HEATED HEATED MIRROR
REAR WINDOW
RELAY
GO GO B BB B
NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
DDS1 CAS10
CLIMATE CA206-7 CA15-17 DD5-9 DD5-10 CA15-2
G3BS
NOTATION:
(1) Memory vehicles HEATED REAR WINDOW
* NOTE: Wave Trap(s) fitted
(2) Non Memory vehicles with television option..
(SEDAN)
(3) Sedan
(4) Estate (Wagon)
(4) GU GU B B
CA206-3 WG3-1 WG5-1 WG5-2 WG3-2
G50AS
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
HEATED REAR WINDOW
(ESTATE / WAGON)
JB201-1
R6 4
3 5 GW B
27
F14 30A JB203-4 JB95-1 JB95-2
1 2
G14BL
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
NOTE: Check market specification
GU B
for fitment of Heated Windshield.
F15 30A JB203-2 JB96-1 JB96-2
G14BR
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RH WINDSHIELD f06_ 3 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
I IP11–05 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND OIL PRESSURE SWITCH – Diesel DE4 1-WAY / BLACK ABOVE ENGINE OIL FILTER
I IP11–07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ OIL PRESSURE SWITCH – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN19 1-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
I IP11–08 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH IP72 1-WAY / ORANGE PARKING BRAKE
I IP11–11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
I IP11–13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
I IP11–15 SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
I IP11–17 DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I IP11–19 AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
I IP11–21 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH JB103 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
OG B P
70
IP11-7
66 GR B OIL PRESSURE P
II IP11-11 SWITCH
(Diesel) B (2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L) B
35 GR B POWER STEERING
II IP11-24 (NOT USED) DL2-22 DE4-1
OIL PRESSURE
20.2 20.1
Y C + SWITCH (Diesel)
IP10-17
G C -
20.2 20.1
IP10-18 I B B B B
IP10-11 JB129-3 JB103-1 JB103-2 JBS54
Y S +
20.3 WASHER FLUID
SCP
IP10-22 LEVEL SWITCH G10AL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0 L, Diesel)
U S -
20.3
IP10-23 B
CA415-4
20R E F 160R
I B B B B
CA415-2
Y JBS55
20.3 S + IP10-12 JB129-1 JB70-1 JB70-2
IP5-19 WB
BRAKE FLUID
U S - LEVEL SWITCH G14AL
20.3
IP5-18 B
O I
IP6-18
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)
I B
GENERAL ELECTRONIC IP10-15 IP72-1 B
MODULE PARKING BRAKE 20R E F 160R
FT2-3 (ROW)
FT6-4 (NAS)
SWITCH
(2.0 L, Diesel)
FT2-1 (ROW)
O O FT6-3 (NAS)
WU (2.5 L, 3.0 L) WU WU
IP74-22 I
O I IP10-7 CA1-14 CA5-1
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.2 17.1
CA165-25 (FWD)
CA450-25 (AWD)
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)
R I
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.2 17.1
CA165-26 (FWD) B
CA450-26 (AWD)
E F FT3-3 (ROW)
20R 160R
FT6-2 (NAS)
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE (2.0 L, Diesel)
FT3-1 (ROW)
FT6-5 (NAS)
I WB WB WB
DIMMER MODULE 09.2
O I INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10-8 CA1-13 CA5-2
IP11-21 ILLUMINATION (2.5 L, 3.0 L) B B
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING: GB I B CA5-11
08.3
REVERSE LAMPS STATUS IP10-1 IP10-9 CA240-12 B B
CA169-1 (Wagon) CA5-3
ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM:
17.1
U I
AIRBAG WARNING AIRBAG WARNING LAMP
IP11-19
I B BR B
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
08.2 08.1
U I IP10-16 IP53-10 TRIP COMPUTER IP53-7 IPS67 (LHD)
MAIN BEAM STATUS MAIN BEAM INDICATOR CYCLE SWITCH IPS69 (RHD)
IP10-10 G37BL
(G36BL)
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
08.10 08.2 08.1
OY I
DIP BEAM STATUS TURN SIGNAL
IP11-17
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) SWITCH
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
08.2 08.1
U I
FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
IP10-19
O Y
EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
08.4 08.3 08.2 08.1
OG I IP10-24 IP80-5 A/B
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
IP11-15
MLS / KM
B P
IP11-8
W
G37AL IP10-25 IP80-6
(G36BL)
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH f07_ 1 _4000625
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
O I
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.2 17.1
CA165-25 (FWD)
CA450-25 (AWD)
R I
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.2 17.1
CA165-26 (FWD)
CA450-26 (AWD)
O O
IP74-22
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
O I
IP6-18
O B
64
JB172-5
KEY-IN
B I
IP18-5 IP6-8
AUDIBLE
I WARNING
R CONTROL
3
IP18-4
II
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
* Seat Belt
III * Airbag
* Ignition Key-in
* Not-in-Park
* Headlamps On
IGNITION SWITCH * Delay Entry (combined Alarm State and Driver Door Ajar status)
NOTE: Refer to Figures 08.1 - 08.4 for Turn Signal Audible Warning.
B B Y I
IPS68 IP14-2 IP14-4 IP6-15
G37BL NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
J-GATE MODULE
B B B B B R R R I
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD9-2 DOOR AJAR DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA1-7 IP6-22
SWITCH
G15AL NOTE: CAS55 - Memory vehicles only.
(G4AL) NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
DRIVER DOOR
LATCH
B
Y S IP6-1
20.3
SCP
IP5-19 P B
U S CA86-5
20.3
IP5-18 G5AS
G4AR (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
Y S
20.3
IP10-22
HEADLAMPS ON
U S
20.3
IP10-23
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
JB84-7
IPS67 (LHD) B SIDE B
I
IPS69 (RHD) WU**
B IP5-3 B O 43
JB84-1 JB84-10
REMOTE
G37BL TURN SIGNAL HEADLAMPS RC35-3 OY MAIN
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING
I B B B P B B B B JB84-5
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP5-23 CA240-2 CA40-11 RC35-1 RC35-2 RCS1 CA36-16 CAS10 DIP
B G15AL
IP6-1 GB B B
RF MODULE
B BO I P B (JAPAN, S. KOREA,
JB84-1 JB84-10 JB84-5 JB84-8
DIP
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 CA86-5 MAIN
ESTATE / WAGON) G11AL G11AL
G36AL
(G5AR) HAZARD SWITCH G4AR G5AS LH HEADLAMP UNIT LH HEADLAMP UNIT
(G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC (HID VARIANT) *
MODULE
GW B
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
07.1
OG FB1-1 FB1-2
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LH FRONT
FRONT FOG STATUS
07.1
U GW FOG LAMP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FBS3
JB173-3
GW B
JB3-6 FB3-1 FB3-2
DIP BEAM STATUS
07.1
OY RH FRONT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) * NOTE: HID Variant - V supply
CA209-12
FOG LAMP
OG circuits for all lamps unchanged.
WU**
R CA204-14
OY
SIDE LAMPS IP202-9
RH FRONT TURN REPEATER G10AL
65
R IP17-4
IP17-8 R CA204-6
IP17-5 IP203-11 OG OG B
F48 7.5A
OY JB220-3 JB173-5 FB4-1 FB4-2 FBS4
08.11
IP17-3 OG B
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
AUTOLAMPS JB220-13
JB173-2
JB85-9
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX TURN
OY OY OY O B
IP17-7 IPS47 JB129-17 JBS3 JB85-9
TURN JBS56
AUTO (SENSOR) NR
B B IP17-14 B JB85-7
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6 DIP BEAM GB OG SIDE
WU** G11AR
IPS69 (RHD)
IP17-13 DIP BEAM F29 10A ** JB207-6 JB85-7
G37BL
RELAY OY SIDE
B
(G36BL) JB207-6
MASTER LIGHTING R11 4
F29 20A JB85-1 JB85-10
MAIN
SWITCH 3 5 GW GW JB85-5
24 JB207-3
F30 20A
1 2 DIP
13 GW**
II GW**
I NR NR NR JB207-3
RC5-5 CA36-3 CA1-18 F30 7.5A ** GO B B
O GB GB GB GB GB JB85-1 JB85-10 JB85-5
DIP
JB85-8
IPS56 MAIN
RC5-4 CA36-15 CA1-17 JB129-7 JB202-10 G10AR G10AL
RH HEADLAMP UNIT RH HEADLAMP UNIT
AUTO HEADLAMPS POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX ** NO HID & DIESEL OPTION ONLY (HID VARIANT) *
SENSOR
f08_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Auto Headlamp Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
JB84-7
SIDE
IPS67 (LHD) I B B
IPS69 (RHD) WU**
B IP5-3 B O 43
JB84-1 JB84-10
REMOTE
TURN SIGNAL RC35-3 OY MAIN
G37BL HEADLAMPS
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING
I B B B P B BB B JB84-5
DIP
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP5-23 CA240-2 CA40-11 RC35-1 RC35-2 RCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
B G15AL
IP6-1 GB B B
RF MODULE
B BO I P B JB84-1 JB84-10 JB84-5 JB84-8
(JAPAN, S. KOREA, MAIN DIP
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 CA86-5 G11AL G11A
G5AS ESTATE / WAGON)
G36AL
HAZARD SWITCH G4AR (G5AR) LH HEADLAMP UNIT LH HEADLAMP UNIT
(G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC (HID VARIANT) *
MODULE
GW B
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
OG FB1-1 FB1-2
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LH FRONT
FRONT FOG STATUS
07.1
U GW FOG LAMP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) JB173-3 FBS3
GW B
JB3-6 FB3-1 FB3-2
DIP BEAM STATUS 07.1
OY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RH FRONT
CA209-12
FOG LAMP * NOTE: HID Variant - V supply
OG
circuits for all lamps unchanged.
F55 7.5A IP202-11
REAR FOG LAMPS OY OY B B
IP202-4 IP25-1 IP25-2 IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD) G5AS
GLOVE BOX LAMP (G37BL)
U
GW FRONT FOG LAMPS IP17-12 OY NOTE: JBS11 - repeater only.
IP17-15 GW GW JB221-1 JBS1 JB173-1 O B B
F47 7.5A
IP17-11 JB129-21 JBS11 JB98-1 JB98-2 JBS54
WU**
R CA204-14
OY
SIDE LAMPS IP202-9
RH FRONT TURN REPEATER G10AL
65
R IP17-4
IP17-8 R CA204-6
IP17-5 IP203-11 OG OG B
F48 7.5A
OY JB220-3 JB173-5 FB4-1 FB4-2 FBS4
08.11
IP17-3 OG B
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
JB220-13
JB173-2
JB85-9
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX TURN
OY OY OY O B
IP17-7 IPS47 JB129-17 JBS37 JB85-9
TURN JBS56
DIP BEAM GB
IP17-13 B JB85-7
NON DAY TIME OG SIDE
WU** G11AR
RUNNING LAMPS DIP BEAM F29 10A ** JB207-6 JB85-7
RELAY OY SIDE
B
DIP BEAM R11 4 JB207-6 JB85-1 JB85-10
F29 20A
3 5 GW MAIN
24
GW
JB207-3 JB85-5
CANADA DAY TIME F30 20A
RUNNING LAMPS 1 2 DIP
13 GW**
II GW**
B B JB207-3
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6 DIP BEAM F30 7.5A ** GO B B
IPS69 (RHD)
GB JB85-1 JB85-10 JB85-5 JB85-8
MAIN DIP
G37BL SCANDINAVIA DAY TIME JB129-7 JB202-10 G10AR G10AL
(G36BL) RUNNING LAMPS
RH HEADLAMP UNIT RH HEADLAMP
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX UNIT(HID VARIANT) *
** NO HID & DIESEL OPTION ONLY
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH f08_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
O IP11–03 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – R9
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – Diesel DL7 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
PARKING AID:
18.1
GB
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
46 GB GB GB GB (MAN) GR
II
Y C + EN85-01 EN85-02 JB145-4 CA10-6 CA137-3
20.2 20.1 DL7-1 (Diesel) DL7-2 (Diesel) JB1-3 (Diesel)
IP10-17 STOP
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) CAN REVERSE GEAR (AUTO) REVERSE LAMPS
G C-
20.2 20.1 SWITCH
IP10-18 I GB GB (MAN) OY
IP10-1 CA1-22 CA137-5
NOTE: Refer to Figure 07.1 for Instrument
O
Cluster power supplies and grounds. TAIL
IP11-3
GB
GW B
F2 10A CA206-6
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER R9 9 CA137-7 CA137-6
8 10
77 (AUTO) FOG
CAS26
O B GB 6 7 32 OY
64 II
JB172-5 IP203-9 CA137-1
Y TURN
20.3 S +
IP5-19 REVERSE LAMPS
SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES
RELAY
U S - GB
20.3
IP5-18 PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA137-2
REVERSE
O OY
LH TURN BG I CA86-2 LH REAR SIDE
B IP53-1 IP6-17 MARKER LAMP*
IP53-2 RH TURN BG I
IP53-3 IP6-19 OY OY B
B OY O
CA129-6 RB5-1 RB5-2
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22
LH REAR SIDE
O NR MARKER LAMP*
IPS67 (LHD) CA87-4
IPS69 (RHD)
B O B
G37BL TURN SIGNAL TM4-1 TM4-2
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING
LH LICENSE PLATE
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH B LAMP
IP6-1
P B
B BO I CA86-5 OO O B
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 G5AS TL10-1 TMS1 TM5-1 TM5-2 TMS2
G4AR (G5AR)
G36AL
(G5AR) HAZARD SWITCH RH LICENSE PLATE B
GENERAL ELECTRONIC LAMP
MODULE TL10-2
OG NR B
R IP202-11 CA138-7 CA138-2 CAS61
SIDE LAMPS IP202-9 TURN B
65
R IP17-4 F55 7.5A O
IP17-8 R CA209-12 CA45-1 G2AR
IP17-5 IP203-11 GB
OY CA138-6
CA208-4
REVERSE
F48 7.5A O O O B
CA204-6 CA129-10 RB6-1 RB6-2
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Sedan Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
O IP11–03 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – R9
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – Diesel DL7 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
46 GB GB GB GB (MAN) GR
II
Y C + EN85-01 EN85-02 JB145-4 CA10-6 CA137-5
20.2 20.1
STOP
CAN REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)
IP10-17 REVERSE LAMPS
G C - SWITCH
20.2 20.1
IP10-18 I GB GB (MAN) OY
IP10-1 CA1-22 CA137-3
NOTE: Refer to Figure 07.1 for Instrument
Cluster power supplies and grounds. O
TAIL
IP11-3
GB
GW B
F2 10A CA206-6
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER R9 9 CA137-2 CA137-1
(AUTO) FOG
8 10
77
CAS26
G1CR
64
O B GB 6 7 32 U
IP203-9 II
JB172-5 CA137-7
Y TURN
20.3 S +
IP5-19 REVERSE LAMPS
SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES
RELAY
U S - GB
20.3
IP5-18 PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA137-6
U REVERSE
O
LH TURN BG I CA86-2
B IP53-1 IP6-17 R
IP53-2 RH TURN BG I CA137-4
SIDE
IP53-3 IP6-19
MARKER *
B OY O LH TAIL LAMP
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22
UNIT
O NR
IPS67(LHD) CA87-4
IPS69 (RHD)
B O B
G37BL TURN SIGNAL WT9-1 WT9-2
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING
LH LICENSE PLATE
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH B LAMP
IP6-1
P B
B BO I CA86-5 O O O B B
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 G5AS WT1-8 WTS3 WT10-1 WT10-2 WTS1 WT3-2
G4AR (G5AR)
G36AL B
(G5AR) HAZARD SWITCH RH LICENSE PLATE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC LAMP
MODULE WL3-2
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
OG O
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA138-5
STOP
B
REAR FOG STATUS 07.1
WU
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
G1CR
R
WU CA138-3
G2CR
OG NR
R IP202-11 CA138-7
SIDE LAMPS IP202-9 TURN
65
R IP17-4 F55 7.5A O
IP17-8 R CA209-12 WL1-8
IP17-5 IP203-11 GB
OY CA138-6
CA208-4 REVERSE
F47 7.5A R
CA208-11 U
R CA138-4 * NOTE: Side Marker Lamps NAS only.
SIDE
CA204-14
MARKER *
U
F48 7.5A
RH TAIL LAMP
CA204-6
UNIT
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
51 NR GW GW GW GW GW GW B B B
2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel
II PA3-3 PA3-1 JBS4 CAS75 CAS29
JB2-1 CA10-20 WG1-3 WG6-1 WG6-2 WG1-4
HIGH-MOUNT
STOP LAMP f08_4_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 08.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T5001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T5011 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
55
N N T5S1 N
CA146-2 T5001-1 O S S S 18.1 PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED
NG NG NG (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10 TT2-8 TT6-1 CA302-1
I T5S2
CA146-3 T5001-3
B B B B
CAS9 CA146-1 T5001-2 P
REAR TRAILER TOWING TT4-3
G1AR
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY STOP
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
R B OW
TT3-8 TT4-5
R B TAIL LAMP UNIT
TAIL CONNECTORS
TT3-10
O PY G B
TT1-6 TT4-7 TT4-6 CA137-6
FOG
B NG
T5011-9 O BW
B R R TT1-3 TT4-1
TURN
T5011-10 T5020-2 F100 20A T5020-1
IN-LINE
FUSE G
U U O TT4-2
LH TURN
T5011-1 TT3-3 REVERSE
RY RY O LH TAIL LAMP
FOG
T5011-2 TT3-4 UNIT
RH TURN
UR UR O
T5011-4 TT3-5 G
O O O TT5-5
RH TAIL
STOP
T5011-5 TT3-9
STOP
P P O
T5011-6 TT3-2 O
LH TAIL
OW OW O TT5-3
T5011-7 TT3-7
TAIL
PO PO O
REVERSE
T5011-8 TT3-6 O PY N B
P NW NW P TT2-6 TT5-1 TT5-2 CA138-2 CAS61
RH TURN
NR GR I RH TAIL LAMP
CA138-7 TT2-1 UNIT
RH REVERSE
GB PO I P N
CA138-6 TT2-2 TT2-7
P I O B
TT1-2 TM4-1 TM4-2
OW I LH LICENSE PLATE
TT1-5
LAMP
08.3 O I
TT2-5 O B B B B B
08.3 TM5-1 TM5-2 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2 CAS9
LH TAIL
OY OG B
CA137-5 CA304-2 CA304-1
GB
LH REVERSE
CA137-2 G38AS
O
RH STOP
CA138-5
RH TAIL
O
CA138-3
TAIL LAMP UNIT HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP
CONNECTORS
f08_5_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Euro. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 08.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T4001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T312N DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
55
N N T3S1 N N N
CA146-2 T3001-1 T4S2 T4001-1
10 NG NG NG NG
I T4S1
CA146-3 T3001-3 T4001-3
B B B B O S S S PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED
18.1 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAS9 CA146-1 T3001-2 T4001-2 TT2-8 TT6-1 CA302-1
B NG OW
T412S-6 TT4-5
IN-LINE O PY G B
FUSE TT1-6 TT4-7 TT4-6 CA137-6
FOG
PO PO O
REVERSE
T412S-1 TT7-1 TT3-6
P NW O BW
T412S-3 TT1-3 TT4-1
TURN
P NW NW
T412S-7 T4S3
CARAVAN G2BR G
CONNECTOR TT4-2
REVERSE
U U O LH TAIL LAMP
LH TURN
T312N-1 TT3-3 UNIT
FOG
RY RY O
T312N-2 TT3-4 G
UR UR O TT5-5
RH TURN
STOP
T312N-4 TT3-5
O O O
RH TAIL
T312N-5 TT3-9 O
P P O TT5-3
STOP
T312N-6 TT3-2
TAIL
OW OW O
LH TAIL
T312N-7 TT3-7 O PY N B
P NW NW P TT2-6 TT5-1 TT5-2 CA138-2 CAS61
LH TAIL
OY OG B
CA137-5 CA304-2 CA304-1
GB
LH REVERSE
CA137-2 G38AS
RH STOP
O
CA138-5
RH TAIL
O
CA138-3
TAIL LAMP UNIT HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP
CONNECTORS
f08_6_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: U.K. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 08.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T3001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T6US1 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OY B
55
N N T3S1 N RB5-1 RB5-2
CA146-2 T3001-1
LH REAR SIDE
10 NG NG NG 08.3
MARKER LAMP
I
CA146-3 T3001-3
B B B B
O B B B
CAS9 CA146-1 T3001-2
RB6-1 RB6-2 RBS10 CA129-7
G1AR REAR TRAILER TOWING
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY RH REAR SIDE
G2AL
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR MARKER LAMP
R B
TT3-8 P
R B TT4-3
TT3-10 STOP
OW
TT4-5
O PY G B
TT1-6 TT4-7 TT4-6 CA137-6
FOG
O BW
TT1-3 TT4-1
TURN
G
Y Y O TT4-2
LH TURN AND STOP
T6US1-3 TT3-3
REVERSE
TRAILER TOWING
CONNECTOR W O
TT5-3
TAIL
G2BL
GW RW I O PY N B
LH FOG
CA137-7 TT1-4 TT2-6 TT5-1 TT5-2 CA138-2 CAS61
OY W FOG B
LH TURN I
CA137-1 TT1-1 G2AR
RH FOG
GW O BG
CA138-1 TT2-3 TT5-7
R GR TURN
RH TURN I
CA138-7 TT2-1
RH REVERSE
GB PO I O B
CA138-6 TT2-2 TT2-4 TT5-6
REVERSE
P I
TT1-2 RH TAIL LAMP
OW I P N UNIT
TT1-5 TT2-7
08.3 O O B
I
TT2-5 TM4-1 TM4-2
LH LICENSE PLATE
TRAILER TOWING LAMP
MODULE
GR O B B B B B
LH STOP
CA137-3 08.3 TM5-1 TM5-2 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2 CAS9
OY G1AR
LH TAIL RH LICENSE PLATE
CA137-5
LAMP
GB
LH REVERSE
CA137-2
O OG B
RH STOP
CA138-5 CA304-2 CA304-1
O
RH TAIL
CA138-3 G38AS
TAIL LAMP UNIT
CONNECTORS
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: NAS Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 08.8
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T5001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – ESTATE (WAGON) WG6 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SPOILER
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT9 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT10 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T5011 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
55
N N T5S1 N
CA146-2 T5001-1 O S S S 18.1
PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED
NG NG NG (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10 TT2-8 TT6-1 CA302-1
I T5S2
CA146-3 T5001-3
B B B B
CAS28 CA146-1 T5001-2
O PY G B
B NG TT1-6 TT4-2 TT4-1 CA137-1
FOG
T5011-9
B R R
G1CR
T5011-10 T5020-2 F100 20A T5020-1 O BW
IN-LINE TT1-3 TT4-7
TURN
FUSE
U U O
LH TURN
T5011-1 TT3-3 G
FOG
RY RY O TT4-6
REVERSE
T5011-2 TT3-4
UR UR O LH TAIL LAMP
RH TURN
T5011-4 TT3-5 UNIT
O O O
RH TAIL
T5011-5 TT3-9 G
P P O TT5-5
STOP
STOP
T5011-6 TT3-2
OW OW O
LH TAIL
T5011-7 TT3-7 O
PO PO O TT5-3
REVERSE
T5011-8 TT3-6
TAIL
P NW NW P
T5011-3 T5S3 TT3-1 O PY N B
P NW TT2-6 TT5-2 TT5-1 CA138-1
NW FOG
T5011-11
P NW NW GW RW I
LH FOG G2CR
T5011-13 T5S4 CA137-2 TT1-4 O BG
TRAILER TOWING G2BR G2BL LH TURN
U W I TT2-3 TT5-7
TURN
CONNECTOR CA137-7 TT1-1
RH FOG
GW
CA138-2 O B
RH TURN
NR GR I TT2-4 TT5-6
REVERSE
CA138-7 TT2-1
RH REVERSE
GB PO I RH TAIL LAMP
CA138-6 TT2-2 UNIT
P I P N
TT1-2 TT2-7
OW I
TT1-5 O B B B B
08.4 O WT9-1 WT9-2 WTS1 WT3-2 WL3-2
I
TT2-5
LH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP G1CR
TRAILER TOWING
MODULE
O B
GR
LH STOP WT10-1 WT10-2
CA137-5
LH TAIL
OY 08.4 RH LICENSE PLATE
CA137-3 LAMP
LH REVERSE
GB
CA137-6
RH STOP
O
CA138-5
RH TAIL
R
CA138-3 GW B B B
WG6-1 WG6-2 WG1-4 CAS29
TAIL LAMP UNIT
CONNECTORS
G50AS
f08_8_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Euro. Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 08.9
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T4001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S DATA NOT AVAILABLE
HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – ESTATE (WAGON) WG6 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SPOILER
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT9 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT10 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T312N DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
TT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
55
N N T3S1 N N N
CA146-2 T3001-1 T4S2 T4001-1
10 NG NG NG NG
I T4S1
CA146-3 T3001-3 T4001-3
B B B B
CAS28 CA146-1 T3001-2 T4001-2 O S S S 18.1 PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED
TT2-8 TT6-1 CA302-1 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
G2CL REAR TRAILER TOWING
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
R B P
TT3-8 TT4-5
R STOP
B
TT3-10
OW
B NG TT4-3
T412S-6
TAIL TAIL LAMP UNIT
B R R CONNECTORS
T412S-4 T4020-2 F100 20A T4020-1 O PY G B
IN-LINE TT1-6 TT4-2 TT4-1 CA137-1
FOG
FUSE
REVERSE
PO PO O G1CR
T412S-1 TT7-1 TT3-6 O BW
P NW TT1-3 TT4-7
T412S-3 TURN
P NW NW
T412S-7 T4S3 G
CARAVAN G2BR TT4-6
REVERSE
CONNECTOR
LH TAIL LAMP
U U O UNIT
LH TURN
T312N-1 TT3-3
RY RY O G
FOG
T312N-2 TT3-4 TT5-5
UR UR STOP
RH TURN O
T312N-4 TT3-5
RH TAIL
O O O O
T312N-5 TT3-9 TT5-3
P P O
STOP TAIL
T312N-6 TT3-2
LH TAIL
OW OW O O PY N B
T312N-7 TT3-7 TT5-2 TT5-1 CA138-1
NW NW FOG
P P
T312N-3 T3S2 TT3-1 TT2-6
G2CR
TRAILER TOWING O BG
NW
CONNECTOR TT2-3 TT5-7
LH FOG
GW RW I
TURN
G2BL
CA137-2 TT1-4
LH TURN U W I O B
CA137-7 TT1-1 TT2-4 TT5-6
REVERSE
RH FOG GW
CA138-2 RH TAIL LAMP
RH TURN
NR GR I UNIT
CA138-7 TT2-1 P N
RH REVERSE
GB PO I TT2-7
CA138-6 TT2-2
P I O B B B B
TT1-2 WT9-1 WT9-2 WTS1 WT3-2 WL3-2
OW I
LH LICENSE PLATE
TT1-5
08.4 LAMP G1CR
O I
TT2-5
O B
WT10-1 WT10-2
TRAILER TOWING
MODULE 08.4 RH LICENSE PLATE
LH STOP
GR LAMP
CA137-5
LH TAIL OY
CA137-3
LH REVERSE GB
CA137-6
O GW B B B
RH STOP
WG6-1 WG6-2 WG1-4 CAS29
CA138-5
RH TAIL R
CA138-3 G50AS
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: U.K. Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 08.10
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AXLE SENSOR – FRONT JB140 6-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SUSPENSION
AXLE SENSOR – REAR HI1 6-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SUSPENSION
HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
SERVO
HEADLAMP LEVELING U U U U AMPLIFIER
IP17-2 CA1-1 CA10-22 JBS8 JB84-2
WU**
OY B
JB84-5 JB84-10
DIP
OY G11AL
3 2 1 0 IP17-3
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
WU**
OY
OY OY OY
IP17-7 IPS47 JB129-17 JBS37
WU**
G DIP BEAM
F29 10A ** JB207-6
B B IP17-14
RELAY OY
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6 DIP BEAM GB R11 4
F29 20A JB207-6
IPS69 (RHD) 3 5
IP17-13
24
GW GW B
G37BL JB207-3 JB85-5 JB85-10
(G36BL) F30 20A GW**
1 2 DIP
MASTER LIGHTING 13 GW** G10AR
II
SWITCH 08.1
G F30 7.5A ** JB207-3 U SERVO
JB85-2 AMPLIFIER
AUTO HEADLAMPS
08.1
GB GB
IPS56 JB129-7 JB202-10
** NO HID & DIESEL OPTION ONLY
NOTE: IPS56 - Auto Headlamps only. POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
47 WR B O RW RW
II
IP130-23 IP130-17 JB130-8 JB84-2
O RU RU
Y C + IP130-19 JB130-9 JB84-3
20.2 20.1
IP130-2 O RR
G C - IP130-16 JB130-10 JB84-4
20.2 20.1
IP130-3 O RG RG
IP130-18 JB130-11 JB84-6
HEADLAMP
W D LEVELING
20.3 STEPPER MOTOR
IP130-5
O BB
IP130-22 JB130-14 JB85-4
UY UY UY I O BG BG
HI1-6 CA303-3 CA1-15 IP130-7 IP130-20 JB130-15 JB85-6
HEADLAMP
REAR WG WG WG O LEVELING
AXLESENSOR STEPPER MOTOR
HI1-5 CA303-2 CA1-12 IP130-10
R R R P B B
IPS68
RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
HI1-1 CA303-1 CA1-10 IP130-12 IP130-24
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: H/L & HID Headlamp Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
O B BK OY 71
64 B
JB172-5 IP27-1 IP27-2
LH FOOTWELL
Y S +
20.3 LAMP
IP5-19
20.3
U S - BK OY 72
B
IP5-18 IP26-1 IP26-2
RH FOOTWELL
LAMP
B R R R I
DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA1-7 IP6-22
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH MAP LAMP 1
NOTE: CAS55 - Memory Seat Vehicles only.
SET B G I BK
B B B B DD3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 KEY BARREL RC23-3 OY 69
RC30-3* B
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD9-2 RESET B U I B RC23-9
RC30-1*
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD vehicles only. DD3-7 CA16-6 CA86-14 RC23-1 FRONT
(G4AL) RC30-2*
DRIVER DOOR INTERIOR LAMP * NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
LATCH O BK BK BK BK
CA86-3 CA1-2 IPS13 CA1-6 CA36-1
B B B B B R R I
CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD9-2 DOOR AJAR PD9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 MAP LAMP 2
SWITCH
G4AL
(G15AL) NOTE: CAS10 - RHD vehicles only. INTERIOR
PASSENGER DOOR LIGHTING ROOF CONSOLE
CONTROL
LATCH
BK
B B B B B Y I RC11-1 OY 70
B
CAS10 CA25-3 BLS3 BL6-2 DOOR AJAR BL6-1 CA25-14 CA87-15 B RC20-1
SWITCH RC11-2
G15AL NOTE: BLS3 - Powered
Rear Windows only. LH REAR DOOR REAR INTERIOR LAMP
LATCH
B B B B B Y I
CAS8 CA30-3 BRS4 BR6-2 DOOR AJAR BR6-1 CA30-14 CA86-18 B OY 67
SWITCH B
RC9-2 RC9-1
G4AL NOTE: BRS4 - Powered
.
Rear Windows only. RH REAR DOOR
LATCH
LH VANITY MIRROR
LAMP
B I
IP5-3
43
O B
REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
RC35-3 B B B B OY 68
B
B B B B P B B B I
CAS10 CA36-16 RCS1 RC8-2 RC8-1
CAS10 CA36-16 RCS1 RC35-2 RC35-1 CA40-11 CA240-2 IP5-23 G15AL
G15AL
RH VANITY MIRROR
RF MODULE
LAMP
(JAPAN, S. KOREA,
ESTATE / WAGON) B
IP6-1
B P
CA86-5
G5AS
(G5AR) G4AR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
B B B B B OY OY OY OY 75
CAS9 TMS2 B
CA45-2 TL10-2 TM6-3 TRUNK TM6-4 TL10-3 CA45-3 CA132-1 CA132-2
SWITCH
G1AR
TRUNK LAMP (SEDAN)
TRUNK
LOCK MOTOR
GW GW GW GW GW OY 75
B
B WT6-4 WTS2 WT1-1 WL1-1 CAS20 CA434-2 CA434-1
WT6-2
LH TRUNK LAMP (ESTATE / WAGON)
AJAR SWITCH WT6-3
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / METALLIC
CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP39 4-WAY / GREY
IP101 26-WAY / WHITE
IP135 2-WAY / GREY
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PD10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR CASING
HAZARD AND SEAT HEATER SWITCHES IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IP136 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP137 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP138 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP139 2-WAY / METALLIC
TRACTION CONTROL / DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G35 CA LOWER LH ‘E’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
O B
CASSETTE SW3-4 SW3-3 CASSETTE
O O B YG (2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel) YG YG
SWS1 03.2 03.6 ECM GROUND
IP34-5 SW4-4 SWS2 SW4-3 IP34-6 JB129-14 JB1-24
O B
SW5-1 SW5-2 (2.0 L) B B
JBS55
SPEED CONTROL
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
G14AL
STEERING WHEEL
G G B
IP101-20 IP101-15
O G37BR
O CLIMATE CONTROL
IP17-1 IPS4 O O B MODULE (PANEL)
IP11-21 IP11-8
O G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER G B
IP70-9 IP70-12
G37BR
O TELEMATICS DISPLAY
PWM
O B
IP51-6 IP51-5
O G36AL
(G5AR)
65
R SIDE LAMPS HAZARD, SEAT HEATER G G B
IP17-8 SWITCHES IPS21 IP65-17 IP65-1
G37AR
AUDIO UNIT
O B
IP110-1 IP42-1
G36AL
G5AL)
CIGAR LIGHTER G B B
IP14-3 IP14-2 IPS68
CA1-9
G37BL
B B J-GATE MODULE
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6
IPS69 (RHD) O O O B B B B
G37BL CA36-4 RC23-10 RC23-1 RCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
(G36BL)
MASTER LIGHTING G15AL
G B B
SWITCH ROOF CONSOLE IP29-6 IP29-5 IPS68
G37BL
O O B B B B
CA15-16 DD1-8 DD1-14 DDS1 CA15-2 CAS10
G15AL
NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only. (G4AL)
O O BW BW BW REAR WINDOW
DD1-5 ISOLATE CIRCUIT
CA30-11 BR1-4 BR1-8 CA30-7 CA15-7
BW
RH REAR DOOR DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
SWITCH PACK
O O BW BW
CA25-11 BL1-4 BL1-8 CA25-7
LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
f09_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD5 22-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD4 22-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
FOLD BACK MODULE – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSEBOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
62 GW B O N N
II DD1-17 (LHD)
DD1-15 DD5-4
DD1-18 (RHD)
LH
COMMON
YR YR O
RH DD1-16 DDS2 DD5-2
O WR -K
DD1-4 (LHD) DD5-6
DD1-3 (RHD)
DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR
O GW GW GW N
DD1-18 (LHD) CA16-14 CA21-14 PD4-4
DD1-17 (RHD)
YR YR YR O
CA16-13 CA21-13 PD4-2
B B B B P O U U U -K
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD1-14 DD1-3 (LHD) CA16-15 CA21-15 PD4-6
DD1-4 (RHD)
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. PASSENGER
(G4AL)
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DOOR MIRROR
U U U
CA16-17 DD5-16
W W W
CA16-11 DD5-15
B
71 DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR
B B B B R R I O U U U U
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD1-14 DD1-11 CA16-16 CA208-3 CA208-2 CAS46 CA21-17 PD4-16
G15AL
(G4AL) NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK B B P O W W W W
CAS10 CA208-9 CA208-5 CAS64 CA21-11 PD4-15
G15AL
PASSENGER
FOLD BACK DOOR MIRROR
MODULE
f10_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Non Memory Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
B+ DM2–01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SG DM2–03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DM3 16-WAY / BLACK
B+ DM2–04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+
DM4 8-WAY / BLUE
PG DM2–05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ DM2–06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DM5 8-WAY / GREEN
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
62 GW B
41
GB B
+ C Y 20.1 20.2
II
DD1-15 DM2-6 DM1-12
39
GB R B
51
OG B - C G 20.1 20.2
DD5-12
LH DM2-1 DM1-2
39 NU B YR YR Y I
II
RH DM2-4 CA16-19 DD5-20
O WR WR WR I B B B B B P
DD1-17 CA16-12 CA431-9 DM1-6 CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD5-13
LH G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
(G4AL)
O N N N I
DD1-4 CA15-19 CA431-5 DM1-5 O YR DRIVER
DM1-14 CA431-4 DOOR MIRROR
O N N N I
DD1-18 CA16-14 CA431-3 DM1-7
RH
O WR WR WR I 40
GB R B
DD1-3 CA16-15 CA431-2 DM1-8 PD4-12
1
COMMON
YR YR YR I YR YR Y I
DD1-16 CA15-4 CA431-7 DM1-9 2 CA21-15 PD4-20
B B B B P 3 B B B B B P
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD1-14 CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD4-13
G15AL . SET G4AL
(G4AL) NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. (G15AL) NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only.
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK B MEMORY
SWITCHES
DM2-3 PASSENGER
B B B B P DOOR MIRROR
CAS8 (LHD) CA65-16 DMS1 DM2-5
CAS10 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AL)
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
41
GB B
+ C Y 20.1 20.2
DM2-6 DM1-12
39
GB R B
51
OG B
- C G 20.1 20.2
DD5-12
DM2-1 DM1-2
39 NU B YR YR Y I
II
DM2-4 CA16-19 DD5-20
B B B B B P
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD5-13
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
(G4AL)
O YR DRIVER
B B B B R R R I DM1-14 CA431-4 DOOR MIRROR
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD1-14 DD1-11 CA16-16 CA431-6 DM1-20
G15AL
(G4AL)
NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
DRIVER DOORS
SWITCH PACK GB R B
40
PD4-12
YR YR Y I
CA21-15 PD4-20
B B B B B P
CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD4-13
G4AL NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only.
.
(G15AL)
B
DM2-3 PASSENGER
B B B B P DOOR MIRROR
CAS8 (LHD) CA65-16 DMS1 DM2-5
CAS10 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AL) NOTE: Refer to Figure 06.3 for Mirror Heaters.
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
DOOR MIRRORS: FOLD BACK f10_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
O DM4–01 DRIVER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE ML12 4-WAY / GREY
O DM4–02 DRIVER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE
O DM4–03 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE
O DM4–04 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE
O DM4–05 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O DM4–06 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE
O DM4–07 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE Connector Connector Description / Location Location
O DM4–08 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING
O DM5–01 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
O DM5–02 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE
CA431 12-WAY / BLACK / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS INSTRUMENT PANEL
DM6 4-WAY / GREY / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO LINK LEAD HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
41
GB B
DM2-6
51
OG B
DM2-1
39 NU B
II
DM2-4
H H H H
20.2 20.1
Y C +
DM1-12 DM8 DM8 DM8 DM8 DM7 DM7 DM7 DM7 DM9 DM9 DM9 DM9 ML12 ML12 ML12 ML12
-2 -1 -4 -3 -2 -1 -4 -3 -2 -1 -4 -3 -1 -3 -2 -4
20.2 20.1
G C
DM1-2
YB OG WG U RW YG WB OY RW WU Y YG YR WR WR YU
B B B B B R R R I
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD9-2 DOOR AJAR DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA431-12 DM2-7
SWITCH
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
(G4AL)
DRIVER DOOR 1 O YB
LATCH DM4-5
2 O OG
DM4-6
3 I WG
DM3-5
SET U
MEMORY DM3-6
SWITCHES
O RW
DM4-3
O YG
DM4-4
I WB
DM3-3
OY
DM3-4
O RW
DM4-8
O WU
DM4-7
I Y
DM3-7
YG
DM3-8
O YR
DM4-1 DM6-2
O WR
DM4-2 DM6-1
I WR
DM3-1 DM6-4
YU
DM3-2 DM6-3
O WG
DM10-3 B B B B
DM5-1
DM10-2 DMS1 CA65-16 CAS8 (LHD)
CAS10 (RHD) G4AL
O YG (G15AL)
DM5-2 DM10-1
B
DM2-3
B P
DM2-5
B B B B P
CAS8 (LHD) CA65-16 DMS1 DM2-10
f11_1_4000625
CAS10 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AL)
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
O PM4–01 PASSENGER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE SEAT MODULE – PASSENGER PM2 10-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
O PM4–02 PASSENGER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE PM4 8-WAY / BLUE
O PM4–03 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE
O PM4–04 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE PM5 8-WAY / GREEN
O PM4–05 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER PM6 2-WAY / RED PASSENGER SEAT
O PM4–06 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE
PM7 2-WAY / RED
O PM4–07 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE
O PM4–08 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE PM8 2-WAY / BLACK
PM9 2-WAY / RED
O PM5–01 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE
O PM5–02 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
42
GB B
PM2-6
34
OY B
PM2-1
38 NU B
II
PM2-4
YU WR YG WG YR WR
YB WB
O YB
PM4-6
O WB
PM4-5
O YU
PM4-4
O WR
PM4-3
O YG
PM4-8
O WG
PM4-7
O YR
PM4-2
O WR
PM4-1
O WG
PM19-3 B BB B
PM5-1
PM19-2 PMS1 CA70-16 CAS8 (LHD)
CAS10 (RHD) G4AL
O YG (G15AL)
PM5-2 PM19-1
B
PM2-3
B P
PM2-5
B B B B P
CAS8 (LHD) CA70-16 PMS1 PM2-10
CAS10 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AL)
PASSENGER SEAT MODULE
f11_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT
LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / NATURAL LH FRONT SEAT
LS4 2-WAY / RED
LS5 2-WAY / BLACK
LS6 2-WAY / RED
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / NATURAL RH FRONT SEAT
RS4 2-WAY / RED
RS5 2-WAY / BLACK
RS6 2-WAY / RED
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: NOTE:
51 - Non Lumbar seat. 34 - Non Lumbar seat.
53 - Lumbar seat. 36 - Lumbar seat.
LS5 LS5 LS4 LS4 LS2 LS2 LS6 LS6 RS5 RS5 RS4 RS4 RS2 RS2 RS6 RS6
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
51 53
OG B
34 36
OY B
LS1-6 RS1-6
YB WB YG WG YU WR YR WR WB YB WG YG WR YU WR YR
YB WB
LS1-4 RS1-4
WB YB
LS1-5 RS1-5
YG WG
LS1-3 RS1-3
WG YG
LS1-11 RS1-11
YU WR
LS1-9 RS1-9
WR YU
LS1-8 RS1-8
YR WR
LS1-7 RS1-7
WR YR
LS1-12 RS1-12
P B P B
LS1-1 RS1-1
WG YG
LS16-7 LS19-3 RS16-7 RS19-3
52
OG B 35
OY B
LS16-2 LS19-2 RS16-2 RS19-2
YG WG
LS16-1 LS19-1 RS16-1 RS19-1
B B
LS16-3 RS16-3
B LSS1 B RSS1
NOTE: Powered Lumbar circuit and components - Powered Lumbar seats only.
f11_3_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 8-way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 11.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT
LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / NATURAL LH FRONT SEAT
LS4 2-WAY / RED
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / NATURAL RH FRONT SEAT
RS4 2-WAY / RED
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: NOTE:
51 - Non Lumbar seat. 34 - Non Lumbar seat.
53 - Lumbar seat. 36 - Lumbar seat.
LS4 LS4 LS2 LS2 RS4 RS4 RS2 RS2
-1 -2 -2 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1
51 53
OG B
34 36
OY B
LS1-6 RS1-6
YG WG YU WR WG YG WR YU
YG WG
LS1-3 RS1-3
WG YG
LS1-11 RS1-11
YU WR
LS1-9 RS1-9
WR YU
LS1-8 RS1-8
P B P B
LS1-1 RS1-1
WG YG
LS16-7 LS19-3 RS16-7 RS19-3
52
OG B 35
OY B
LS16-2 LS19-2 RS16-2 RS19-2
YG WG
LS16-1 LS19-1 RS16-1 RS19-1
B B
LS16-3 RS16-3
B LSS1 B RSS1
NOTE: Powered Lumbar circuit and components - Powered Lumbar seats only.
f11_4_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 4-way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 11.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT MOTOR – LH LS10 2-WAY / RED LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOTOR – RH RS10 2-WAY / RED RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
WG YG YG WG
WG YG
LS16-7 RS16-7
51
OG 34
OY
LS16-2 RS16-2
YG WG
LS16-1 RS16-1
B B
LS16-3 RS16-3
B B B B B B B B
LS16-6 LSS1 CA65-16 CAS10 (LHD) RS16-6 RSS1 CA70-16 CAS8 (LHD)
CAS8 (RHD) CAS10 (RHD)
LH SEAT SWITCH PACK RH SEAT SWITCH PACK
G15AL G4AL
(G4AL) (G15AL)
f11_5_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: 2-way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
O DM5–03 DRIVER SEAT HEATER DRIVE SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER PM10 4-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SEAT
I DM5–04 DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH – DRIVER: LHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
I DM5–07 DRIVER SEAT HEATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – DRIVER: RHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SG DM5–08 DRIVER SEAT HEATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – PASSENGER: LHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
Passenger Seat Module SEAT HEATER SWITCH – PASSENGER: RHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
Pin Description and Characteristic SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
B+ PM2–01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DM3 16-WAY / BLACK
I PM2–02 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL
SG PM2–03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DM4 8-WAY / BLUE
B+ PM2–04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+ DM5 8-WAY / GREEN
PG PM2–05 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ PM2–06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SEAT MODULE – PASSENGER PM2 10-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
O PM2–08 PASSENGER SEAT HEATED STATE PM4 8-WAY / BLUE
O PM2–09 PASSENGER SEAT HEATED STATE
PG PM2–10 POWER GROUND: GROUND PM5 8-WAY / GREEN
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
41
GB B
DM2-6 I W
51
OG B DM5-7 DM11-2
DM2-1
39 NU B N
II
DM2-4 DM5-8 DM11-3
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
W W W I O GW
IP51-2 (LHD) CA240-7 CA65-10 DM2-2 DM5-3 DM11-1
IP56-2 (RHD)
R R R O DRIVER
IP51-3 (LHD) CA240-1 CA65-17 DM2-9 SEAT CUSHION HEATER
IP56-3 (RHD)
B U U U O
IP51-5 IP51-1 (LHD) CA240-6 CA65-18 DM2-8 I U
STATE IP56-1 (RHD)
G36AL DM5-4 DM11-4
(G5AR)
DRIVER B
SEAT HEATER DM2-3 DRIVER
SWITCH B P SEAT BACK HEATER
DM2-5
B B B P
CAS8 (LHD) CA65-16 DMS1 DM2-10
CAS10 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AL)
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
42
GB B
PM2-6 I R
34
OY B PM5-7 PM10-2
PM2-1
38 NU B N
II
PM2-4 PM5-8 PM10-3
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
W W W I O GW
IP56-2 (LHD) CA240-4 CA70-10 PM2-2 PM5-3 PM10-1
IP51-2 (RHD)
R R R O PASSENGER
IP56-3 (LHD) CA240-5 CA70-17 PM2-9 SEAT CUSHION HEATER
IP51-3 (RHD)
B U U U O
IP51-5 IP56-1 (LHD) CA240-3 CA70-18 PM2-8 I W
STATE IP51-1 (RHD)
G36AL PM5-4 PM10-4
(G5AR)
PASSENGER B
SEAT HEATER PM2-3 PASSENGER
SWITCH B P SEAT BACK HEATER
PM2-5
B B B B P
CAS8 (LHD) CA70-16 PMS1 PM2-10
CAS10 (RHD)
G4AL
(G15AL)
PASSENGER SEAT MODULE
f11_6_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 11.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT BACK HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT BACK HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – LH LS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – RH RS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH: LHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH: RHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH: LHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH: RHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
NG B I S
37
LS13-12 LS13-3 LS7-3
39 NU B
II
LS13-5 N
LS13-4 LS7-2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
W W N I O NG
IP51-2 (LHD) CA240-7 CA65-10 LS13-8 LS13-6 LS7-1
IP56-2 (RHD)
R R NR O LH CUSHION HEATER
IP51-3 (LHD) CA240-1 CA65-17 LS13-10
IP56-3 (RHD)
B U U U O
IP51-5 STATE
IP51-1 (LHD) CA240-6 CA65-18 LS13-9 I B
G36AL IP56-1 (RHD)
LS13-7 LS7-4
(G5AR)
LH SEAT HEATER P B B B B
SWITCH LS13-1 LSS1 CA65-16 CAS10 (LHD) LH SEAT BACK HEATER
CAS8 (RHD)
G15AL
(G4AL)
NG B I S
38
RS13-12 RS13-3 RS7-3
38 NU B
II
RS13-5 N
RS13-4 RS7-2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
W W N I O NG
IP56-2 (LHD) CA240-4 CA70-10 RS13-8 RS13-6 RS7-1
IP51-2 (RHD)
R R NR O RH CUSHION HEATER
IP56-3 (LHD) CA240-5 CA70-17 RS13-10
IP51-3 (RHD)
B U U U O
IP51-5
STATE
IP56-1 (LHD) CA240-3 CA70-18 RS13-9 I B
G36AL IP51-1 (RHD)
RS13-7 RS7-4
(G5AR)
RH SEAT HEATER P B B B B
SWITCH RS13-1 RSS1 CA70-16 CAS8 (LHD) RH SEAT BACK HEATER
CAS10 (RHD)
NOTE: RSS1 - 8-way; 2-way;
RH SEAT HEATER Lumbar only.
MODULE
G4AL
(G15AL)
f11_7_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Heated Seat Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
B+ JB172–01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
Instrument Cluster IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
Pin Description and Characteristic RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
I IP10–13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
S IP10–22 SCP +
S IP10–23 SCP – TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,
the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph). OY B
60
JB172-1
Y S +
SCP 20.3
IP5-19 I B
U S - IP5-3 O
20.3 REMOTE
B
43
IP5-18 LOCK / UNLOCK RC35-3
KEY-IN I B B B P B B B B
B B RCS1 CAS10
I IP5-23 CA240-2 CA40-11 RC35-1 RC35-2 CA36-16
IP18-5 IP6-8 G15AL
I
RF MODULE
R Y S +
3 20.3 (JAPAN, S. KOREA)
IP18-4 VEHICLE SPEED; IP10-22
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II U S -
20.3
GO GO IP132-3 IP10-23
IPS45 GR
IP18-1 IP132-1 I VEHICLE
III IMPACT U U U U B
IP132-2 IP10-13 I
INERTIA SWITCH OG B P B IP5-16 CA1-11 CA45-6 TL10-6 TM8-1 TM8-2
70
IP11-7 IP11-8 TRUNK RELEASE
IGNITION SWITCH G37AL SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (G36BL)
NOT W
CONNECTED TMS3 TM6-2 TRUNK AJAR
SWITCH
I N N N
B B R R R I CA86-22 CA45-5 TL10-5 TM6-5
DD9-2 DOOR AJAR DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA1-7 IP6-22 LOCK / O O O O B B B B B
SWITCH NOTE: CAS55 - Memory vehicles only.
. UNLOCK TMS2 CAS9
CA87-2 CA45-4 TL10-4 TM6-1 TM6-3 TL10-2 CA45-2
B WG WG O UNLOCK TRUNK LOCK G1AR
DD3-2 CA16-20 CA1-4 IP5-5
MOTOR
B YB CAS1 YB O LOCK
DD3-1 CA16-10 CA87-3
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
B YB CAS2 YB O DOUBLE
DD3-3 CA16-7 CA86-4 LOCK
LOCK B O CAS73 O Y B B B B B
I I
DD3-8 CA16-9 CA86-19 CA87-15 CA25-14 BL6-1 DOOR AJAR BL6-2 BLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
UNLOCK B W CAS74 W SWITCH
I
NOTE: BLS3 - Powered Rear Windows only. G15AL
DD3-4 CA16-8 CA87-16 YB B
CA25-10 BL3-3
B B B B SET B G I
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD3-6 DD3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 YB B
KEY BARREL
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. RESET B U I CA25-9 BL3-1 ACTUATOR
(G4AL) SWITCHES
DD3-7 CA16-6 CA86-14
WB B
DRIVER DOOR
CA25-8 BL3-2
LATCH
UNLOCK O
B YB LH REAR DOOR
CA87-5 LATCH
PD3-3 CA21-7
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
B YB
PD3-1 CA20-18 WB B
B WB WB O UNLOCK CA30-8 BR3-2
PD3-2 CA21-20 CA1-8 IP5-1 ACTUATOR
YB B SWITCHES
LOCK B O CA30-9 BR3-1
PD3-8 CA21-9
UNLOCK B W YB B
PD3-4 CA21-8 CA30-10 BR3-3
B
PD3-6 PD3-5 I Y B B B B B
CA86-18 CA30-14 BR6-1 DOOR AJAR BR6-2 BRS4 CA30-3 CAS8
SWITCH
PD3-7
NOTE: BRS4 Powered Rear Windows only. G4AL
RH REAR DOOR
B B B B B R R I LATCH
CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD9-2 DOOR AJAR PD9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 B
SWITCH
G4AL .
NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only. IP6-1
(G15AL)
PASSENGER DOOR P B
LATCH CA86-5
G5AS
G4AR (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
f12_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Double Locking Sedan Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
O CA87–02 TRUNK / TAIL GATE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DD9 2-WAY / BLACK
O CA87–03 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
O CA87–05 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CA87–15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND BL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
O IP5–01 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PD9 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP5–03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5–05 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
I IP5–16 TRUNK / TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
BR6 2-WAY / BLACK
S IP5–18 SCP –
S IP5–19 SCP + GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE
I IP5–23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed, OY B
the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph). 60
JB172-1
Y S +
SCP 20.3
IP5-19 I B
U S - IP5-3 O
20.3 REMOTE
B
43
IP5-18 LOCK / UNLOCK RC35-3
KEY-IN I B B B P B B B B
B B RCS1 CAS10
I IP5-23 CA240-2 CA40-11 RC35-1 RC35-2 CA36-16
IP18-5 IP6-8 G15AL
I
RF MODULE
R Y S +
3 20.3 (JAPAN, S. KOREA)
IP18-4 VEHICLE SPEED; IP10-22
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II U S -
20.3
GO GO IP132-3 IP10-23
IPS45 GR
IP18-1I P132-1 I VEHICLE
III IP132-2 IP10-13 IMPACT I U U U U B
INERTIA SWITCH 70
OG B P B IP5-16 CA1-11 CA45-6 TL10-6 TM8-1 TM8-2
IP11-7 IP11-8
TRUNK RELEASE
IGNITION SWITCH G37AL SWITCH
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOT W
CONNECTED TMS3 TM6-2 TRUNK AJAR
SWITCH
I N N N
B B R R R I CA86-22 CA45-5 TL10-5 TM6-5
DD9-2 DOOR AJAR DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA1-7 IP6-22 LOCK / O O O O B B B B B
SWITCH NOTE: CAS55 - Memory vehicles only. UNLOCK CA87-2 CA45-4 TL10-4 TM6-1 TM6-3 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2 CAS9
B WG WG O UNLOCK G1AR
TRUNK LOCK
DD3-2 CA16-20 CA1-4 IP5-5
CAS1
MOTOR
B YB YB O LOCK
DD3-1 CA16-10 CA87-3
LOCK B O CAS73 O Y B B B B B
I I
DD3-8 CA16-9 CA86-19 CA87-15 CA25-14 BL6-1 DOOR AJAR BL6-2 BLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
CAS74 SWITCH
UNLOCK B W W I NOTE: BLS3 - Powered Rear Windows only. G15AL
DD3-4 CA16-8 CA87-16
B B B B SET B G I
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD3-6 DD3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 KEY BARREL
G15AL
NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
RESET B U I WB B
(G4AL)
DD3-7 CA16-6 CA86-14 CA25-8 BL3-2
DRIVER DOOR
UNLOCK O YB B
LATCH
CA25-9 BL3-1
CA87-5
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH
B YB
PD3-1 CA21-10 WB B
B WB WB O UNLOCK CA30-8 BR3-2
PD3-2 CA20-18 CA1-8 IP5-1
YB B
LOCK B O CA30-9 BR3-1
PD3-8 CA21-9
UNLOCK B W
PD3-4 CA21-8
B
PD3-6 PD3-5 I Y B B B B B
CA86-18 CA30-14 BR6-1 DOOR AJAR BR6-2 BRS4 CA30-3 CAS8
SWITCH
PD3-7 NOTE: BRS4 - Powered Rear Windows only.
G4AL
RH REAR DOOR
B B B B B RR I LATCH
CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD9-2 DOOR AJAR PD9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 B
G4AL SWITCH IP6-1
(G15AL)
NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only.
PASSENGER DOOR P B
LATCH CA86-5
G5AS
G4AR (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
f12_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Non Double Locking Sedan Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
B+ JB172–01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
Instrument Cluster IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
Pin Description and Characteristic RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
I IP10–13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
TAIL GATE LATCH WT6 6-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
S IP10–22 SCP +
S IP10–23 SCP – TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH WT4 2-WAY / WHITE TAIL GATE
TAIL GLASS LATCH WT7 4-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
I IP11–07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11–08 POWER GROUND: GROUND TAIL GLASS RELEASE SWITCH WG2 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
B O 43
NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,
OY B RC35-3
the ignition is switched to position II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph). 60
JB172-1 I B B B P B B B B
REMOTE CAS10
Y RCS1
SCP 20.3 S + LOCK / UNLOCK IP5-23 CA240-2 CA40-11 RC35-1 RC35-2 CA36-16
IP5-19 G15AL
U S -
20.3 RF MODULE
IP5-18
KEY-IN
B B I
IP18-5 IP6-8 LOCK / O R R R
I UNLOCK CA87-2 WL1-2 WT1-2 WT6-1
R Y S +
3 20.3
IP18-4 VEHICLE SPEED; IP10-22 WT6-4 B
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II U S - I U U U WT6-2
20.3 TAIL GATE AJAR
GO GO IP132-3 IP10-23 CA86-22 WL1-3 WT1-3 WT6-3 SWITCH
IPS45 GR
IP18-1I P132-1 I VEHICLE TAIL GATE
III IP132-2 IP10-13 IMPACT
LATCH
INERTIA SWITCH 70
OG B P B I G G G G B
IP11-7 IP11-8 IP5-16 CA169-3 WL1-4 WT1-4 WT4-1 WT4-2
IGNITION SWITCH G37AL TAIL GATE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (G36BL)
RELEASE SWITCH
LOCK / O W W W W
B B R R R I
UNLOCK IP6-2 CA169-4 WL1-5 WT1-5 WT7-4
DD9-2 DOOR AJAR DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA1-7 IP6-22
SWITCH NOTE: CAS55 - Memory vehicles only.
. WT7-2 B B B B
B WG WG GB GB GB GB WTS1
O UNLOCK I TAIL GLASS AJAR
WT7-3 WT3-2W L3-2
DD3-2 CA16-20 CA1-4I P5-5 IP5-15 JB3-1 CA170-13 WL1-6 WT1-6 WT7-1 SWITCH G1CR
B YB CAS1 YB O LOCK TAIL GLASS
DD3-1 CA16-10 CA87-3
ACTUATOR LATCH
SWITCHES I RW RW B B B
B YB CAS2 YB CAS29
O DOUBLE CA86-15 WG1-1 WG2-1 WG2-2W G1-2
LOCK
DD3-3 CA16-7 CA86-4
TAIL GLASS G50AS
LOCK CAS73
B O O I RELEASE SWITCH
DD3-8 CA16-9 CA86-19
UNLOCK B W CAS74 W I
DD3-4 CA16-8 CA87-16 I Y B B B B B
CA87-15 CA25-14 BL6-1 DOOR AJAR BL6-2 BLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
B B B B SET B G SWITCH
I NOTE: BLS3 - Powered Rear Windows only. G15AL
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD3-6 DD3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 YB B
KEY BARREL
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. RESET B U I CA25-10 BL3-3
(G4AL)
DD3-7 CA16-6 CA86-14
YB B
DRIVER DOOR
CA25-9 BL3-1 ACTUATOR
LATCH SWITCHES
WB B
B YB CA25-8 BL3-2
PD3-3 CA21-7
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES UNLOCK O
B YB LH REAR DOOR
CA87-5 LATCH
PD3-1 CA20-18
B WB WB O UNLOCK
PD3-2 CA21-20 CA1-8 IP5-1
WB B
LOCK B O CA30-8 BR3-2
PD3-8 CA21-9 ACTUATOR
UNLOCK B W YB B SWITCHES
B B B R R SWITCH
B B I NOTE: BRS4 - Powered Rear Windows only. G4AL
CAS10 PDS1 B
CA20-2 PD9-2 DOOR AJAR PD9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH
G4AL NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only. IP6-1 LATCH
(G15AL)
PASSENGER DOOR P B
LATCH CA86-5
G5AS
G4AR (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
f12_3_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
G B I G O
IP10-6 CA86-17 CA190-4 B B
OY B B Y CAS9
O CA190-5
IP10-2 IP29-1 IP29-5 IPS68 CA190-6 G1AR
O D G37BL
IP15-4 IP10-4 SECURITY INDICATOR INCLINATION SENSOR
G WG D
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3 SECURITY
CONTROL
B P
IP15-2 IP10-5 B Y Y D W
20.3 SERIAL COMMUNICATION
B P CA86-20 CA36-11 RC23-6 RC23-8
RC33-1* RC33-3*
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT IP11-8
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER I W W WB* O B B B B
G37AL RCS1 CAS10
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CA86-23 CA36-10 RC23-7 RC23-1 CA36-16
RC33-4* RC33-2*
INTRUSION
G15AL
SENSOR * NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
IGNITION SWITCH
I R SECURITY B
GROUND SENSING
IP6-10 IP65-8 IP65-1
B B B B B R R R I G37AR
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD9-2 DOOR AJAR DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA1-7 IP6-22
SWITCH
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. NOTE: CAS55 - Memory vehicles only. AUDIO UNIT
(G4AL)
DRIVER DOOR
LATCH
NOTE: Check market specification and / or vehicle option
specification for fitment of the following security components:
B B B B B R R I O OY 08.1 08.2 * Inclination Sensor
CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD9-2 DOOR AJAR PD9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 JB172-4 * Intrusion Sensor
TURN SIGNAL FLASH
SWITCH O * Passive Security Sounder
G4AL NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only. O 08.1 08.2
(G15AL)
PASSENGER DOOR JB172-3 * Active Security Sounder
LATCH
B B B B B Y I O B
19.1 SOUND HORNS
CAS10 CA25-3 BLS3 BL6-2 DOOR AJAR BL6-1 CA25-14 CA87-15 IP5-14
G15AL SWITCH
NOTE: BLS3 - Powered Rear Windows only.
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH O O O O
CA87-1 CA170-12 JB79-1 SL2-1
B B B B B Y I B
CAS8 CA30-3 BRS4 BR6-2 BR6-1 CA30-14 CA86-18 SL1-1
DOOR AJAR
G4AL SWITCH
NOTE: BRS4 - Powered Rear Windows only.
.
RH REAR DOOR PASSIVE
LATCH SECURITY SOUNDER
NOT W 6
U U
CONNECTED TMS3 TM6-2 TRUNK AJAR JB79-6 SL3-3
SWITCH
N N N I
TM6-5 TL10-5 CA45-5 CA86-22 D U U U
B B B B B JB172-18 JB79-4 SL3-2
CAS9 CA45-2 TL10-2 TMS2 TM6-3 TM6-1
G1AR B B B
TRUNK LOCK JBS56 JB79-5 SL3-1
MOTOR
G11AR ACTIVE
B SECURITY SOUNDER
B B B I IP6-1
JBS55 B
JB81-2 JB81-1 JB172-21 P
G14AL
HOOD SECURITY CA86-5
G5AS
SWITCH G4AR (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
f12_4_4000625
MODULE
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Sedan Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC) G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR NOTE: FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
IGNITION SWITCH
I R SECURITYGROUND B
IP6-10 IP65-8 SENSING IP65-1
B B B B B R R R I G37AR
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD9-2 DOOR AJAR DD9-1 CA15-20 CAS55 CA1-7 IP6-22
SWITCH
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. NOTE: CAS55 - Memory vehicles only. AUDIO UNIT
(G4AL)
DRIVER DOOR
LATCH
B B B B B R R OY NOTE:
I O 08.1 08.2
CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD9-2 PD9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 JB172-4
Check market specification and / or vehicle option
DOOR AJAR TURN SIGNAL FLASH
SWITCH specification for fitment of the following security components:
G4AL
NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only. O O 08.1 08.2
(G15AL) * Inclination Sensor
PASSENGER DOOR JB172-3
* Intrusion Sensor
LATCH
* Passive Security Sounder
* Active Security Sounder
B B B B B Y I O B
19.1 SOUND HORNS
CAS10 CA25-3 BLS3 BL6-2 BL6-1 CA25-14 CA87-15 IP5-14
DOOR AJAR
G15AL NOTE: BLS3 - Powered Rear Windows only. SWITCH
LH REAR DOOR
LATCH O O O O
CA87-1 CA170-12 JB79-1 SL2-1
B B B B B Y I B
CAS8 CA30-3 BRS4 BR6-2 DOOR AJAR BR6-1 CA30-14 CA86-18 SL1-1
G4AL SWITCH
NOTE: BRS4 - Powered Rear Windows only.
RH REAR DOOR PASSIVE
LATCH SECURITY SOUNDER
B WT6-4
6
U U
WT6-2
TAIL GATE AJAR
U U U I JB79-6 SL3-3
SWITCH WT6-3 WT1-3 WL1-3 CA86-22
D U U U
TAIL GATE LATCH
JB172-18 JB79-4 SL3-2
B B B B WT7-2 B B B
WTS1 GB GB GB GB GB JBS56
WL3-2 WT3-2 WT7-3
TAIL GLASS AJAR I JB79-5 SL3-1
WT7-1 WT1-6 WL1-6 CA170-13 JB3-1 IP5-15
G1CR SWITCH
G11AR ACTIVE
B SECURITY SOUNDER
TAIL GLASS LATCH
IP6-1
B B B I P B
JBS55 JB81-2 JB81-1 JB172-21 CA86-5
G5AS
G14AL
HOOD SECURITY G4AR (G5AR)
SWITCH GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE f12_5_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
OY B
60
JB172-1
NOTE: Headlamp Powerwash is
O B
enabled when Side Lamps are on. 64
JB172-5 R8 4
3 5 OY B B
25
Y JBS54
20.3 S + F24 30A JB208-1 JB65-1 JB65-2
2 1
SCP
IP5-19 O GU 14 G10AL
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
U II POWERWASH
20.3 S JB172-23 JB205-1
PUMP
IP5-18
POWERWASH PUMP
RELAY
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
FLICK WIPE WG WG WG WG O
IP16-4 JB129-8 JBS19 JB130-19 IP5-21
I WB
WASHER GR GR I JB172-2
IPS22
20 GW IP16-2 IP6-5
II
IP16-6 FAST WIPE WB WB
IP16-8 JB3-8
INTERMITTENT
WIPE GU GU I
IP16-1 IP5-4
INTERMITTENT SELECT W W I B
IP16-10 IP6-4 IP6-1
P B 19 GW
II
CA86-5 JB63-4
G5AS RUN
G4AR (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC WB
MODULE JBS26 JB63-3 PARK
WB
JB204-4 F8 30A
WB
JB204-1 4 R4
5 3
26
II
WG 2 1
12
II
JB202-2
WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
RELAY
GR GR GR GW GW 18
JBS75 II
JB3-11 JB109-1 JB109-2 JB220-14 F24 20A IP203-10
f13_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
OY B
60
NOTE: Headlamp Powerwash JB172-1
enabled when Side Lamps on. O B
64
JB172-5 R8 4
3 5 OY B B
25
Y JBS54
20.3 S + F24 30A JB208-1 JB65-1 JB65-2
2 1
SCP SIDE LAMPS STATUS
IP5-19 O GU 14 G10AL
U II POWERWASH
20.3 S - JB172-23 JB205-1
PUMP
IP5-18
POWERWASH PUMP
RELAY
WASH / WIPE POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CONTROL
FLICK WIPE
WG WG WG WG O
IP16-4 JB129-8 JBS19 JB130-19 IP5-21
I WB
WASHER GR GR I JB172-2
IPS22
20 GW IP16-2 IP6-5
II
IP16-6 FAST WIPE WB WB
IP16-8 JB3-3 JBS40
INTERMITTENT
WIPE GU GU I
IP16-1 IP5-4
GU GU B
IP6-1
INTERMITTENT SELECT W W I P B 19 GW
IP16-10 IP6-4 II
CA86-5 JB63-4
G5AS RUN
G4AR (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC WB
MODULE JB63-3 PARK
37 WR B I WG
II
CA6-6 CA6-7 CA230-15
O WG WG
CA6-1 CA10-10
B U U I GU GU WB
RC15-1 CA40-1 CA6-8 CA6-4 CA1-16 JB204-4 F8 30A
O W W I I WB WB WB
RC15-3 CA40-3 CA6-10 CA6-11 CA10-21 JBS26 JB204-1 4 R4
G 5 3
P G O WB WB 26
II
RC15-2 CA40-2 CA6-9 CA6-2 CA10-9
WG 2 1
I GR GR 12
II
RAIN SENSOR CA6-5 CA1-20 JB202-2
O WG WG
WINDSHIELD
CA6-3 CA10-1
WIPER MOTOR
RELAY
P B
CA6-12 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15AR
RAIN SENSING NOTE: JBS75 - Estate / Wagon only
MODULE
GR GR GR GW GW 18
JBS75 II
JB3-11 JB109-1 JB109-2 JB220-14 F24 20A IP203-10
f13_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Rain Sensing Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
OY B
60
JB172-1
on. O B
64 RUN
JB172-5 I WU WU WU WU
IP6-12 CA169-2 WL3-1 WT3-1 WT5-2 PARK
Y S +
20.3
IP5-19
SCP SIDE LAMPS STATUS
U S - NR NR B B B B
20.3
IP5-18 WT3-3 WT5-3 WT5-1 WTS1 WT3-2 WL3-2
G1CR
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL REAR WIPER MOTOR
REAR WIPER U U I
IP16-4 IP5-3
NR
FLICK WIPE WL3-3 CA208-7 F5 20A
(INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION)
4 R3
5 3
78
FRONT WASHER GG I
IPS80 GB 2 1
20 GW IP16-2 IP6-5 O 33
II II
IP16-6 IP5-17 IP203-14
B B
CAS10 REAR
REAR WASHER O O I B CA208-9
WIPER MOTOR
IPS78
IP16-5 IP5-2 IP6-1 G15AL RELAY
P B
FAST WIPE CA86-5 PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
IP16-8 G5AS
INTERMITTENT G4AR (G5AR)
WIPE GENERAL ELECTRONIC
IP16-1 MODULE
INTERMITTENT SELECT
IP16-10
O
IP203-10
WIPER PARK G
B B IP16-7 IP203-8
IPS67 (LHD) IP16-3 SLOW WIPE
G37BL IPS69 (RHD)
(G36BL) IP16-9
FRONT WASH 13.2 13.1
GR GR GW
JBS75 JB109-1 JB109-2 JB220-14 F24 20A
f13_3_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Estate (Wagon) Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
OY B
60
JB172-1
I B
* REMOTE
IP5-3 B O 43
WG 14.2 SLIDING ROOF
GLOBAL CLOSE RC35-3
I B B B P B B B B
IP5-23 CA240-2 CA40-11 RC35-1 RC35-2 RCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
RF MODULE
(ESTATE / WAGON,
OY RELAY
JAPAN, S. KOREA) 45
SET B G I DD2-7
GLOBAL
B B B B DD3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 CLOSE 61 GW
CAS10 DDS1 II
CA15-2 DD3-6 DD2-2
POSITION
G15AL DD3-7 GLOBAL O WG WG WG MOTOR SENSORS
(G4AL) NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. KEY BARREL SWITCH CA87-17 CAS22
CLOSE CA15-10 DD2-6 CONTROL
U (LHD) W (RHD) B B B B
DRIVER DOOR LATCH B DD2-4 DD2-8 DDS1 CA15-2 CAS10
62 GW REAR
II WINDOWS
DD1-15 ISOLATE
CONTROL REAR WINDOW
ISOLATE
O BW BW
DD1-5 CA15-7
58
OY RELAY
PD2-7
U U (LHD) W (RHD) 59 GU
II
(RHD)
LH FRONT DD1-12 PD2-2
WINDOW G (LHD) O (RHD) POSITION
G (RHD)
WG WG MOTOR SENSORS
(RHD)
DD1-13 CA20-10 PD2-6 CONTROL
W W (LHD) U (RHD) W W W B B B B
(RHD)
RH FRONT DD1-19 CA15-5 CA20-5 PDS3 PD2-4 PD2-8 PDS1 CA20-2 CAS10
WINDOW O (LHD) G (RHD)
O O O O NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only. G4AL
PDS2 (G15AL)
DD1-20 CA15-6 CA20-6 PD2-3
RW RW R
LH REAR DD1-9 CA15-13 CA25-1 R PASSENGER WINDOW MOTOR
WINDOW
YB YB Y
DD1-10 CA15-14 CA25-2 Y
R R R
RH REAR DD1-1 CA15-11 CA30-1
WINDOW
B B B B Y Y Y
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD1-14 DD1-2 CA15-12 CA30-2 OY RELAY
46
G15AL NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only. BL2-7
(G4AL) DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
60 GW
II
BL2-2
POSITION
WG WG SENSORS
MOTOR
B B B B W CA25-6 BL2-6 CONTROL
CAS10 CA20-2 PDS1 PD10-8 PD10-3 R B B B B
G4AL O BL2-4 BL2-8 BLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
(G15AL) NOTE: CAS10 - RHD only.
PD10-7 Y G15AL
PASSENGER DOOR BL2-3
SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR
R
BL1-3 NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows -
Y Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated
BL1-7 wiring deleted.
BW BW OY RELAY
59
BL1-8 CA25-7 BR2-7
LH REAR DOOR 58 GU
II
SWITCH PACK BR2-2
POSITION
BW WG WG SENSORS
MOTOR
CA30-6 BR2-6 CONTROL
R R B B B B
BR1-3 BRS2 BR2-4 BR2-8 BRS4 CA30-3 CAS8
Y Y G4AL
BR1-7 BRS1 BR2-3
BW BW
BR1-8 CA30-7 RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR
RH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK f14_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
OY B
60
JB172-1
Y S +
20.3
VEHICLE IP5-19
SCP SPEED
U S -
* NOTE: Remote Global Close - ROW vehicles only.
20.3
IP5-18
I B
IP5-3 B O 43
* REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE RC35-3
I B B B P B B B B
IP5-23 CA240-2 CA40-11 RC35-1 RC35-2 RCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
RF MODULE
(ESTATE / WAGON,
SET B G I GLOBAL JAPAN, S. KOREA)
B B B B DD3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 CLOSE
CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1 DD3-6
G15AL DD3-7
(G4AL) NOTE: CAS10 - LHD only.
KEY BARREL SWITCH
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
DRIVER DOOR
LATCH
44
O B
RC14-1
57 WU B O WU
II OPEN / DOWN
RC14-7 RC14-9 RC23-5
RC34-2*
GLOBAL O
WG WG WG I Y
TILT / CLOSE O
CLOSE CA87-17 CAS22 CA36-6 RC14-2 RC14-8 RC23-4
RC34-5*
B
RC23-1
RC34-6*
O U U I SLIDING ROOF
VEHICLE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
SPEED CA87-20 CA36-2 RC14-6
P B B B B ROOF CONSOLE
RC14-10 RCS1 CA36-16 CAS10
G15AL
SLIDING ROOF
MODULE
B
IP6-1
G5AS
(G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
f14_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Sliding Roof Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
COAXIAL CABLES
NW B I
66
IP65-11 IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA118-1
3 YG B B YG 4
I I
IP65-2 IP106-J2 CA189-2 CA118-2 CA116-2
20.3
Y S +
IP65-9 AM/FM ANTENNA
U (ESTATE / WAGON)
20.3 S -
IP65-10
COAXIAL CABLES
I B YG 4
I
IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA117-1 CA115-2
G I
RADIO ILLUMINATION 09.2
IP65-17 IP106-J2 CA189-2 CA117-2
AM
COAXIAL CABLES
CASSETTE
UY UY I
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7 IP65-18 DD12 DD12 DD6 DD6 BL4 B 4
-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
CASSETTE
W W
B B YG CA15-1
- + SW3-3 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 Y Y
PHONE; VOLUME SEEK MODE
CA15-15
VOICE AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
+ ve W W W W
STEERING WHEEL IP65-14 (LHD) CA230-5 CAS15 CA16-1
IP65-16 (RHD)
- ve Y Y Y Y
YG YG (2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel* ) IP65-13 (LHD) CA230-6 CAS16 CA16-2
ECM: GROUND 03.6 03.2 IP65-15 (RHD)
JB1-24 JB129-14
+ ve WU WU WG
IP65-3 CA230-7 CA25-12
B B (2.0 L, Diesel**) YU YU YR
JBS55
- ve
IP65-4 CA230-8 CA25-13
NOTE:
G14AL * Vehicles with Speed Control.
** Vehicles without Speed Control.
+ ve WG WG WU
IP65-5 CA230-9 CA30-12
- ve YR YR YU
IP65-6 CA230-10 CA30-13
D2B
+ ve WR WR WR WR
IP65-16 (LHD) CA230-11 CAS17 CA21-1
IP65-14 (RHD)
68
OY B YR YR YR YR
- ve CAS18
CA301-2 D BOF 20.4 20.4
BOF D IP65-15 (LHD) CA230-12 CA21-2
2 2 IP65-13 (RHD)
CD2-1 ID1-1 WR WR
D BOF 20.4 20.4
BOF D CA20-1
2 2
CD2-2 ID1-2 YR YR
D2B NETWORK O I CA20-15
20.4
'WAKE- UP' CA301-3 PD11 PD11 PD5 PD5 BR4 BR4
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
P B
CA301-1 P B
G1AL IP65-1
G37AR PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR RH REAR
CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT TWEETER MID BASS FULL RANGE
SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER
f15_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NW COAXIAL CABLE
66 B I
IP65-11 IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA118-1
3 YG B B YG 4
I I
IP65-2 IP106-J2 CA189-2 CA118-2 CA116-2
P
20.3
Y S +
IP65-9
U S - AM/FM ANTENNA
20.3
IP65-10 (ESTATE / WAGON)
G
COAXIAL CABLE DRIVER DOOR DRIVER DOOR LH REAR LH REAR
09.2 I I B YG 4
RADIO ILLUMINATION I TWEETER MID BASS MID BASS TWEETER
IP65-17 IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA117-1 CA115-2
SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER
AM
R COAXIAL CABLE
SECURITY SYSTEM:
12.5 12.4 O IP106-J2 CA189-2 CA117-2
RADIO REMOVED SENSING IP65-8 CA183-1
FM
P
TELEPHONE: Y I CA183-2
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
MUTE IP65-7
HEATED REAR WINDOW
ANTENNA MODULE (SEDAN)
DD12 DD12 DD6 DD6 BL4 BL4 BL7 BL7
-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
D2B NETWORK: O O (SEDAN)
20.4
'WAKE-UP' IP65-19
W Y WG YR
+ ve W W
CASSETTE CA426-7 (LHD) CA15-1
UY UY NR CA426-18 (RHD)
I 56 B
-ve Y Y
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7 IP65-18 CA425-3 CA426-17 (LHD) CA15-15
CA426-8 (RHD)
NR B G G
57 + ve
CA425-9 CA426-5 (LHD) CA16-1
CASSETTE CA426-16 (RHD)
B B YG U U
_ + SWS1
- ve
SW3-3 SW4-3 IP34-6 CA426-15 (LHD) CA16-2
PHONE; VOLUME SEEK MODE CA426-6 (RHD)
VOICE + ve WG WG WG
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES O BLS20
D2B NETWORK: 20.4 I CA426-4 CA25-12
ÓWAKE-UPÓ YR YR YR
STEERING WHEEL CA425-5
- ve
CA426-12 CA25-13 BLS21
03.6 03.2
YG YG (2.5 L, 3.0 L, Diesel*) WU WU WU
ECM: GROUND + ve BRS7
JB1-24 JB129-14 CA426-14 CA30-12
- ve YU YU YU
CA426-13 CA30-13 BRS8
B B (2.0 L, Diesel**) NU NU
JBS55
+ ve
CA426-16 (LHD) CA21-1
NOTE: CA426-5 (RHD)
G14AL - ve OY YR
* Vehicles with Speed Control.
CA426-6 (LHD) CA21-2
** Vehicles without Speed Control.
CA426-15 (RHD)
+ ve WR WR
CA426-18 (LHD) CA20-1
D2B CA426-7 (RHD)
- ve YR YR
CA426-8 (LHD) CA20-15
CA426-17 (RHD)
YU WU
20.4
BOF D
2
CD7-2
+ ve WR
CA426-2 CA428-1
- ve WG SUB
CA426-10 CA428-2 WOOFER
B P + ve YR (ESTATE / WAGON)
CA425-2 CA426-11 CA428-3
B B P - ve YU
CAS94 CA425-8 CA426-3 CA428-4
G1AL
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 16.1Telephone
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
NR B
49
PH1-12
NR B
50
PH1-13
7 YG B
I
PH1-14
34 Y B
II
PH1-29
BOF D
20.4 2
CD3-1
BOF D
20.4 2
CD3-2
D2B NETWORK:
20.4
O O
"WAKE UP"
PH1-23
I Y Y
NA7-13 CA414-8
RU
Y Y Y Y O MUTE O
I PH1-1 PH10-3
IP65-7 CA230-13 CAS49 CA407-7 PH1-4 BG
PH1-26 PH10-2
I
WG
AUDIO UNIT PH1-2 PH10-8
NOTE: CAS49 - Navigation only.
O
YU
PH1-3 PH10-9
I Y Y Y
O
IP70-10 CA1-19 PH1-6 PH10-1
BO
TELEMATICS DISPLAY PH1-10 PH10-7
D
G
PH1-22 PH10-6
D Y
PH1-20 PH10-5
W
G G G I PH1-21 PHS11 PHU1 PH10-4
RC23-12 CA040-5 CA406-2 PH1-18
RC31-2*
W W
RCB1 RCS5 CA040-6 CAS68 CAS69 CA406-3 PHS6 PHS8 PH1-11
BLUETOOTH UPGRADE MODULE
Y Y Y I
MICROPHONE RC23-11 CA040-4 CA406-1 PH1-17
RC31-1* P B
PH1-9
ROOF CONSOLE
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board. P B PHS3
PH1-25
B
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE G39AS
f16_1_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7
E + Battery Voltage 2
ll ll B B E
VIN RANGE: All
7 33 Fig. 01.2 1 10 Fig. 01.4 32
ll
66
ll
Fig. 01.6 77
E
97
E
Fig. 01.8 O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: January 2007
l l
Fig. 16.2Telephone with Voice Control
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSEBOX
G39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
G14AL
NR B Y I
49
PH1-12 CA414-8 NA7-13
NR B
50
JB129-14 PH1-13
NAVIGATION CONTROL
NOTE:
* Vehicles with Speed Control. 7 YG B
YG ** Vehicles without Speed Control.
I PH1-14
34 Y B Y Y I
II PH1-29 CAS49 IP65-7
CA407-7 CA230-13
20.4
BOF D Y I
SW3-3 SW4-3 IP34-6 2
CASSETTE CD3-1 CA1-19 IP70-10
BOF D
20.4 2
CD3-2
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
STEERING WHEEL
UY
TELEPHONE
UY
I RU
IP65-18 O
PH1-1 PH10-3
BG
D BOF 20.4
PH1-26 PH10-2
2 WG
ID1-1 I
PH1-2 PH10-8
D BOF 20.4 Y
2
O
ID1-2 PH1-3 PH10-9
Y
NR O
48 B PH1-6 PH10-1
PH2-22 D BOF
2 20.4 BO
8 YG B CD4-1
PH1-10 PH10-7
I
AUDIO UNIT PH2-8 D BOF
2 20.4 G
36 WR B CD4-2 D
II PH1-22 PH10-6
PH2-6 Y
D
PH1-20 PH10-5
W
D2B NETWORK: 20.4
O O PH1-21 PHS11 PHU1 PH10-4
"WAKE UP" PH2-14
RC23-12
RC31-2* G G BLUETOOTH UPDATE MODULE
G G G I
CA40-5 CA406-2 PH2-12 PH2-13 PH1-18
W W W W PHS9 PHS8 W
RCB2 RCS5 CA40-6 CAS68 CAS69 CA406-3 PHS6 PHS7 PH2-2 PH2-15 PH1-11
Y Y Y Y Y I
MICROPHONE RC23-11 CA40-4 CA406-1 PH2-1 PH2-3 PH1-17
RC31-1*
ROOF CONSOLE B P
PH2-11
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
B P
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE PH1-9
P
B PHS3 B PH1-25
f16_2_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: ROW Voice Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7
E + Battery Voltage 2
ll ll B B E
VIN RANGE: All
7 33 Fig. 01.2 1 10 Fig. 01.4 32
ll
66
ll
Fig. 01.6 77
E
97
E
Fig. 01.8 O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: January 2007
l l
Fig. 16.3Voice Control System
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONT
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
YG YG
ECM: GROUND 03.6 03.2
JB1-24 JB129-14
YG
SWS1
STEERING WHEEL
UY
I
UY
IP65-18
D BOF 20.4
2
ID1-1
D BOF 20.4
2
ID1-2
NR B
48
PH2-22 D BOF
2 20.4
8 YG B CD4-1
I
AUDIO UNIT PH2-8 D BOF
2 20.4
36 WR B CD4-2
II
PH2-6
RC23-12
RC31-2* G G G
CA40-5 CA406-2 PH2-12
W W W
RCB2 RCS5 CA40-6 CAS68 CAS69 CA406-3 PHS6 PHS7 PH2-2
Y Y Y
MICROPHONE RC23-11 CA40-4 CA406-1 PH2-1
RC31-1*
ROOF CONSOLE PHS3 B P
PH2-11
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
B
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE
G39AS
NOTE: For Japan vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Figure 16.5.
f16_3_4000625K
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: NAS Voice Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7
E + Battery Voltage 2
ll ll B B E
VIN RANGE: All
7 33 Fig. 01.2 1 10 Fig. 01.4 32
ll
66
ll
Fig. 01.6 77
E
97
E
Fig. 01.8 O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: January 2007
l l
Fig. 16.4Navigation System
Fig. 16.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY / WHITE
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / GREY
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) WG9 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SPOILER / LH SIDE
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – SEDAN NA12 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IP136 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP137 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP138 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP139 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 TV1 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 TV2 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 TV3 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 TV4 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 NA TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OY B R
67
NA7-1 NA6-1 NA12-1
BRD
6 YG B
NA6-2 NA12-2
I
NA7-11
NAVIGATION
GPS ANTENNA
BOF D
20.4 2 (SEDAN)
CD5-1
BOF D
20.4 2
CD5-2
D2B NETWORK:
20.4
O O R R
'WAKE UP'
NA7-3 NA6-1 NA26-1 WG9-1
BRD BRD
NA6-2 NA26-2 WG9-2
Y S +
20.3
NA7-4 NAVIGATION
U GPS ANTENNA
20.3 S
(ESTATE / WAGON)
NA7-14
B YG 2
I
IP70-2
Y Y I G 09.2
DIMMER - CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
NA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4 IP70-9
U U
NA1-20 NA24-2 IP70-15
G G I R R
NA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7 IP136-1 NA25-1 TV1-1
W W BRD BRD
NAVIGATION
VIDEO NA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17 IP136-2 NA25-2 TV1-2
O O TV ANTENNA
NA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6 AND AMPLIFIER
Y Y 1
NA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5
WB WB I R R
NA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18 IP137-1 NA25-3 TV2-1
BRD BRD
W BRD W W BRD W IP137-2 NA25-4 TV2-2
NA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8 TV ANTENNA
AND AMPLIFIER
2
G40BS G37BR
NAVIGATION TELEMATICS DISPLAY
CONTROL MODULE
f16_4 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: NAV Vehicles (except Japan)
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7
E + Battery Voltage 2
ll ll B B E
VIN RANGE: All
7 33 Fig. 01.2 1 10 Fig. 01.4 32
ll
66
ll
Fig. 01.6 77
E
97
E
Fig. 01.8 O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: January 2007
l l
Fig. 16.5Navigation System: Japan
Fig. 16.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY / WHITE
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / GREY
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) WG9 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SPOILER / LH SIDE
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – SEDAN NA12 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONT
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IP136 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP137 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP138 2-WAY / METALLIC
IP139 2-WAY / METALLIC
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 TV1 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 TV2 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 TV3 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 TV4 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER NA11 2-WAY / METALLIC SEDAN: BEHIND RH ‘E’ POST
ESTATE (WAGON): REAR ROOF TRIM ABOVE FIXED GLASS / LH SIDE
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE NA8 2-WAY / METALLIC
NA9 10-WAY / NATURAL
NA10 2-WAY / METALLIC
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR CA222 2-WAY / METALLIC TOP OF INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 NA TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OY B R
67
NA7-1 NA6-1 NA12-1
BRD
6 YG B
NA6-2 NA12-2
I
NA7-11
NAVIGATION
GPS ANTENNA
BOF D
20.4 2 (SEDAN)
CD5-1
BOF D
20.4 2
CD5-2
D2B NETWORK:
20.4
O O R R
'WAKE UP' NA7-3 NA6-1 NA26-1 WG9-1
BRD BRD
NA6-2 NA26-2 WG9-2
Y S +
20.3
NA7-4 NAVIGATION
U GPS ANTENNA
20.3 S - (ESTATE / WAGON)
NA7-14
B YG 2
I
IP70-2
G G G G I Y Y I G DIMMER - CONTROLLED
09.2 LIGHTING
RC23-12 CA40-5 CA406-2 NA2-11 NA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4 IP70-9
RC31-2*
BRD W W BRD WW BRD W U U
CA40-6 CA406-3 NA2-12 NA1-20 NA24-2 IP70-15
Y Y Y Y I
MICROPHONE
RC23-11 CA40-4 CA406-1 NA2-6
RC31-1*
* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.
G G I R R
ROOF CONSOLE NA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7 IP136-1 NA25-1 TV1-1
W W BRD BRD
NAVIGATION
VIDEO NA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17 IP136-2 NA25-2 TV1-2
O O TV ANTENNA
NA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6 AND AMPLIFIER
Y Y 1
NA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5
NR B WB WB I R R
47
NA9-3 NA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18 IP137-1 NA25-3 TV2-1
5 YG B BRD BRD
I
NA9-4 W BRD W W BRD W IP137-2 NA25-4 TV2-2
NA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8 TV ANTENNA
R AND AMPLIFIER
R 2
I NA9-6 NA2-5
NA11-1 NA10-1 W
BRD NA9-1 NA2-4 I R R
NA11-2 NA10-2 K NAU02
* WB NAU01 IPU2
* WB IPU3 IP138-1 NA25-5 TV3-1
VEHICLE NA9-2 NA2-10 G G BRD BRD
INFORMATION NA2-1 NA24-12 IP70-19 IP138-2 NA25-6 TV3-2
ANTENNA AND W BRD W W W TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER NA9-7 NA2-9 NA2-7 NA24-13 IP70-20 AND AMPLIFIER
O O 3
TV
N I AUDIO NA2-2 NA24-14 IP70-21
CA222-1 NA8-1 Y Y I R R
BRD
NA2-8 NA24-15 IP70-22 IP139-1 NA25-7 TV4-1
CA222-2 NA8-2
BRD BRD
W BRD W W BRD W IP139-2 NA25-8 TV4-2
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
NA2-3 NA24-16 IP70-11 TV ANTENNA
SENSOR P B B P AND AMPLIFIER
NA9-5 NA7-2 P B 4
IP70-12
VEHICLE INFORMATION G37BR
CONTROL MODULE G40BS NAVIGATION * NOTE: Wires & connectors not used TELEMATICS DISPLAY
CONTROL MODULE
f16_5_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Japan Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7
E + Battery Voltage 2
ll ll B B E
VIN RANGE: All
7 33 Fig. 01.2 1 10 Fig. 01.4 32
ll
66
ll
Fig. 01.6 77
E
97
E
Fig. 01.8 O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data
DATE OF ISSUE: January 2007
l l
17Occupant Protection
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘E’ POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘E’ POST
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SW2 2-WAY / BLACK
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
IP37 2-WAY / BROWN
IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP IP140 4-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR WS18 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING MODULE WS17 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT TRACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER AL1 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER AD1 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CA215 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CA140 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CA216 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CA131 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
CASSETTE
IP74-5 G
65 G B
II
IP74-12 IP34-1 SW1-1
STAGE
TWO
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 20.3
W D CASSETTE
IP74-11 B
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING
07.1
U O IP74-6 IP34-2 SW1-2 DRIVER
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IP74-19
CASSETTE DUAL AIRBAG
GEM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING 07.2
O O
IP74-1 G IGNITERS
IP74-22 IP34-9 SW2-1
STAGE
ONE
W W CASSETTE
FRONT IMPACT JB93-2 CA10-4 CA165-19 B
SENSOR N N IP74-2 IP34-10 SW2-2
JB93-1 CA10-5 CA165-20
CA165-3 RW
CA144-1
DRIVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG
DRIVER W IGNITER
SIDE IMPACT CA215-2 CA165-27 BW
SENSOR N CA165-4 CA144-2
CA215-1 CA165-28
CA165-1 RW RW
CA65-5 AL1-1
DRIVER
SIDE AIRBAG
PASSENGER W IGNITER
SIDE IMPACT CA216-2 CA165-29 BW BW
SENSOR U CA165-2 CA65-6 AL1-2
CA216-1 CA165-30
CA165-31 WR
CA65-7 DRIVER
SEAT BELT BUCKLE
DRIVER W PRETENSIONER
REAR SIDE IMPACT CA140-2 CA165-13 NW IGNITER
SENSOR N CA165-32 CA65-8
CA140-1 CA165-14
PASSENGER W IP74-13 RW
REAR SIDE IMPACT CA131-2 CA165-15 IP37-1
SENSOR N STAGE
CA131-1 CA165-16 TWO
BW
IP74-14 IP37-2 PASSENGER
DRIVER SEAT DUAL AIRBAG
POSITION SWITCH
U IP74-3 RW IGNITERS
CA65-20 CA165-23 IP36-1
B H STAGE
CA65-19 ONE
BW
IP74-4 IP36-2
B B O
CAS97 (LHD) CA65-13
H CA65-14 CA165-25 CA165-5 RW
CAS96 (RHD)
G15AR CA145-1
(G4AR) DRIVER PASSENGER
SEAT BELT SWITCH CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
B B R BW
CAS96 (LHD) CA70-13
H CA70-14 CA165-26 CA165-6 CA145-2
CAS97 (RHD)
G4AR
(G15AR) PASSENGER CA165-21
RW RW
SEAT BELT SWITCH
CA70-5 AD1-1
PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
64 GR B + C O O C + IGNITER
II
WS17-G WS17-E CA70-1 CA165-17 BW BW
LOCAL
- C U U C - CA165-22 CA70-6 AD1-2
WS17-F CA70-2 CA165-18
R CA165-33 GO
WS18-A WS17-H CA70-7 PASSENGER
W SEAT BELT BUCKLE
WS18-C WS17-J 63 GR O IP74-15
O PRETENSIONER
U II
IP140-1 IP140-3 BR IGNITER
WS18-B WS17-K CA165-34 CA70-8
PASSENGER AIRBAG
B B B DEACTIVATED B
PASSENGER SEAT P
INDICATOR LAMP
WEIGHT WS17-D CA70-4 CAS96 (LHD) IP74-16
CAS97 (RHD)
PRESSURE SENSOR G4AR
(G15AR)
G37AR
PASSENGER SEAT RESTRAINTS
WEIGHT SENSING MODULE CONTROL MODULE f17_1 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Front Wheel Drive Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘E’ POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘E’ POST
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SW2 2-WAY / BLACK
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
IP37 2-WAY / BROWN
IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH
KNEE BOLSTER IGNITER – DRIVER CA420 2-WAY / BROWN BELOW STEERING COLUMN
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP IP140 4-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER
PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSION SENSOR WS19 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR WS18 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING MODULE WS17 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT REEL PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA241 3-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST
SEAT BELT REEL PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA422 3-WAY / YELLOW PASSENGER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT TRACK
SEAT POSITION SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT TRACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER AL1 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER AD1 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CA215 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CA140 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CA216 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CA131 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
IP74-5 G
65 G B
II
IP74-12 IP34-1 SW1-1
CASSETTE
STAGE
TWO
20.3
W D CASSETTE
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
IP74-11 B IP34-2 SW1-2
DRIVER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING
07.1
U O IP74-6
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IP74-1
DUAL AIRBAG
IP74-19 G
IGNITERS
07.2
O O IP34-9 SW2-1
GEM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING STAGE CASSETTE
IP74-22
ONE
CASSETTE
W W B IP34-10 SW2-2
FRONT IMPACT JB93-2 CA10-4 CA450-19 IP74-2
SENSOR N N RW
JB93-1 CA10-5 CA450-20 CA450-3 CA144-1
DRIVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG
W IGNITER
DRIVER BW CA144-2
CA215-2 CA450-27
SIDE IMPACT CA450-4
N RW RW
SENSOR
CA215-1 CA450-28 CA450-1 CA65-5 AL1-1
DRIVER
SIDE AIRBAG
PASSENGER
W IGNITER
BW CA65-6 BW AL1-2
CA216-2 CA450-29
SIDE IMPACT
U CA450-2
SENSOR WR
CA216-1 CA450-30
CA450-31 CA65-7 DRIVER
SEAT BELT BUCKLE
W PRETENSIONER
DRIVER
NW CA65-8 IGNITER
REAR SIDE IMPACT CA140-2 CA450-13
SENSOR N CA450-32
WR
CA140-1 CA450-14
CA450-35 CA241-1 DRIVER
SEAT BELT REEL
W PRETENSIONER
PASSENGER
CA131-2 CA450-15 NW CA241-2 IGNITER
REAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR N CA450-36
CA131-1 CA450-16 RW
CA450-7 CA420-1
DRIVER
KNEE BOLSTER
DRIVER SEA
IGNITER
POSITION SWITCH U BW CA420-2
B H CA65-20 CA450-23
CA450-8
CA65-19
RW
IP74-13 IP37-1
PASSENGER SEAT STAGE
POSITION SWITCH U TWO
B H CA70-20 CA450-24
BW IP37-2
CA70-19
PASSENGER
IP74-14
RW DUAL AIRBAG
IGNITERS
IP74-3 IP36-1
B B O
CAS97 (LHD) CA65-13
H CA65-14 CA450-25
STAGE
ONE
CAS96 (RHD) BW IP36-2
G15AR
(G4AR) DRIVER
IP74-4
SEAT BELT SWITCH
RW
B B R CA450-5 CA145-1
CAS96 (LHD) CA70-13
H CA70-14 CA450-26
PASSENGER
CAS97 (RHD) CURTAIN AIRBAG
G4AR
(G15AR) PASSENGER IGNITER
BW CA145-2
SEAT BELT SWITCH
CA450-6
RW RW
CA450-21 CA70-5 AD1-1
64 GR B PASSENGER
II
WS17-G SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
R BW CA70-6 BW AD1-2
C O O C +
PASSENGER SEAT WS20-3 WS17-H + CA450-22
WS17-E CA70-1 CA450-17 GO
WEIGHT W LOCAL
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Wheel Drive Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
D RB7–02 REAR RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA PARKING AID SENSOR – LH: FRONT FB8 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER
D RB7–03 REAR LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA PARKING AID SENSOR – LH: REAR RB1 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
D RB7–04 REAR RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
D RB7–05 REAR LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER: FRONT FB6 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER
SG RB7–08 REAR SENSORS GROUND: GROUND PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER: REAR RB3 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
SS RB7–11 REAR SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH: FRONT FB5 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH: REAR RB4 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SOUNDER – FRONT IP151 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
PARKING AID SOUNDER – REAR CA136 2-WAY / WHITE ESTATE (WAGON): LH REAR QUARTER PANEL INTERIOR TRIM
SEDAN: PARCEL SHELF
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
45 N B
II
CA418-1 + O RU
CA418-10 CA136-1
REVERSE LAMPS - ACTIVATED 08.4 08.3
GB I - O U
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA418-6 CA418-2 CA136-2
- O Y Y Y
CA419-3 CA170-16 JB129-5 IP151-2
Y S +
20.3
VEHICLE IP5-19 FRONT PARKING AID
SCP
SPEED U S - SOUNDER
20.3
IP5-18
VEHICLE O U I
SPEED
CA87-20 CA418-11
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
FRONT SENSORS
ON / OFF SWITCH
B B B B WG WG I
CAS10 CA36-16 RCS1 RC23-1 RC23-20 CA36-5 CA418-4
G15AL R R O
RC23-13 CA36-8 CA418-13
STATUS
ROOF CONSOLE
RW RW RW RW RW RW
FB5-1 FBS1 JB173-9 CA170-3 CA419-2 RB7-11 RBS1 RB4-1
W W W W D D W W
FB5-2 JB173-10 CA170-4 CA419-8 RB7-4 RB4-2
BG BG
FB5-3 RB4-3
RH RH
SENSOR SENSOR
RW RW
FB6-1 RB3-1
WR WR WR WR D D WR WR
FB6-2 JB173-4 CA170-8 CA419-7 RB7-2 RB3-2
BG BG
FB6-3 RB3-3
RW RW
FB7-1 RB2-1
WU WU WU WU D D WU WU
FB7-2 JB173-6 CA170-9 CA419-6 RB7-3 RB2-2
BG BG
FB7-3 RB2-3
LH CENTER LH CENTER
SENSOR SENSOR
RW RW
FB8-1 RB1-1
WG WG WG WG D D WG WG
FB8-2 JB173-7 CA170-10 CA419-5 RB7-5 RB1-2
BG BG BG BG BG BG
FB8-3 FBS2 JB173-8 CA170-11 CA419-1 RB7-8 RBS2 RB1-3
B (SEDAN) B P
LH CAS61 CA418-16 LH
SENSOR SENSOR
PARKING AID
MODULE
B (EST / WAG)
NOTE:
CAS28
G2AR G2CL 1) Check market specification for fitment of Front Parking Aid.
2) For Rear Parking Aid Only vehicles, disregard all connections to
connector CA419.
f18_1 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 19.1Ancillaries
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST
G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
components connected and fitted. control modules and control module pins.
CASSETTE
BG BG
SW6-1 SW4-6 IP34-3
55 OY B
HORN II
OY IP42-2 IP42-1
SWITCH
CASSETTE
JB87-2 CIGAR LIGHTER G36AL
B B B (G5AL)
I BG
IP6-20 4 R15
HORN RELAY
(GASOLINE ENGINES)
P B B B B B GARAGE DOOR OY 69
CAS10 RCS1 OPENER B
CA86-5 CA36-16 RC23-1 RC23-9
4 R2
G4AR G15AL PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
GENERAL ELECTRONIC (Diesel) OY 5 3
28
MODULE JB204-3 F3 20A ROOF CONSOLE
(Diesel) B 2 1
29
JB202-9
HORN RELAY
(DIESEL ENGINE)
N N
63 55
IP24-2 CA146-2
9 NG 10 NG
I I
IP24-3 CA146-3
B B B (SEDAN) B
IPS66 IP24-1 CAS9 CA146-1
G5AS NOTE: IPS66 - LHD only. CABIN G1AR REAR
(G5AL) ACCESSORY ACCESSORY 56 BR B
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR II
RC5-1
B (EST / WAG)
CAS28 REVERSE LAMPS: GB BK
REVERSE LAMPS ON 08.4 08.3 I
G2CL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA36-7 RC5-3
B B B B P
CAS10 CA36-16 RCS1 RC5-2
N
54
CA435-2 G15AL
ELECTROCHROMIC
REAR VIEW MIRROR
B
CA435-1
CUSTOMER
G1AR
POWER CONNECTOR
(ESTATE / WAGON)
f19_1 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP39 4-WAY / GREY
IP101 26-WAY / WHITE
IP135 2-WAY / GREY
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
IP101 26-WAY / WHITE
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – Diesel DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
DM3 16-WAY / BLACK
DM4 8-WAY / BLUE
DM5 8-WAY / GREEN
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 16-BIT JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 32-BIT JB230 24-WAY / WHITE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
JB231 24-WAY / GREY
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OY
61 B
+ C Y (DSC) IP22-16
JB185-24 44 WR B
II
– C G (DSC) IP22-9
JB185-40
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL MODULE
+ C Y (ABS/TC) + C Y
JB197-24 IP130-2
– C G (ABS/TC) – C G
JB197-40 IP130-3
+ C Y (ABS) + C Y Y + C Y + C Y
JB45-24 DM1-12 CA431-10 IP20-3 IP19-3
– C G (ABS) – C G G – C G – C G
JB45-40 DM1-2 CA431-11 IP20-2 IP19-4
Y C + + C Y Y Y Y Y C + + C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y C +
JBS31 JB131-34* JB131-33* CA10-7 CAS31 CA230-2 IPS9 IP101-9 IP101-22 IPS11 IPS52 IP14-9 IP14-11 IPS39 IP10-17
JB230-14** JB230-5**
G C – – C G G G G G C – – C G G G C – – C G G C –
JBS30 JB131-13* JB131-12* CA10-8 CAS30 CA230-14 IPS8 IP101-10 IP101-23 IPS10 IPS51 IP14-10 IP14-12 IPS38 IP10-18
JB230-15** JB230-6**
+ C Y Y (2.0 L)
EN65-89 JB1-22
– C G G (2.0 L)
EN65-88 JB1-21
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.0 L)
+ C Y Y (Diesel)
DL1-54 JB1-22 B B P
IPS67 IP22-4
– C G G (Diesel)
DL1-73 JB1-21 B
IP22-5
f19_1 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 20.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP39 4-WAY / GREY
IP101 26-WAY / WHITE
IP135 2-WAY / GREY
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
IP101 26-WAY / WHITE
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – Diesel DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
DM3 16-WAY / BLACK
DM4 8-WAY / BLUE
DM5 8-WAY / GREEN
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 16-BIT JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 32-BIT JB230 24-WAY / WHITE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST
JB231 24-WAY / GREY
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OY
61 B
+ C Y (DSC) IP22-16
JB185-24 44 WR B
II
- C G (DSC) IP22-9
JB185-40
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL MODULE
+ C Y (ABS/TC) + C Y
JB197-24 IP130-2
C G (ABS/TC) - C G
-
JB197-40 IP130-3
+ C Y (ABS) + C Y Y + C Y + C Y
JB45-24 DM1-12 CA431-10 IP20-3 IP19-3
- C G (ABS) - C G G - C G - C G
JB45-40 DM1-2 CA431-11 IP20-2 IP19-4
Y C + + C Y Y Y Y C + + C Y Y C + + C Y Y Y C +
JBS31 JB131-34* JB131-33* CA10-7 CAS31 CA230-2 IP101-9 IP101-22 IPS11 IPS52 IP14-9 IP14-11 IPS9 IPS39 IP10-17
JB230-14** JB230-5**
G C - - C G G G G C - - C G G G C - - C G G G C -
JBS30 JB131-13* JB131-12* CA10-8 CAS30 CA230-14 IP101-10 IP101-23 IPS10 IPS51 IP14-10 IP14-12 IPS8 IPS38 IP10-18
JB230-15** JB230-6**
Y C +
ENGINE IP22-6
CONTROL MODULE G C -
(2.5, 3.0 L) IP22-14
+ C Y Y (2.0 L)
EN65-89 JB1-22
- C G G (2.0 L)
EN65-88 JB1-21
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.0 L)
+ C Y Y (Diesel)
DL1-54 JB1-22 B B P
(Diesel) IPS69 IP22-4
- C G G
DL1-73 JB1-21 B
IP22-5
G36BL G37AL
ENGINE DATA LINK
CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR
(Diesel)
f20_ 2 _4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 20.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / METALLIC
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – Diesel DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE JB232 6-WAY / BLACK VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR REARWARD OF ENGINE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / NATURAL
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / WHITE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY / WHITE
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / GREY
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
PARKING AID MODULE CA418 16-WAY / WHITE SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA419 12-WAY / WHITE
RB7 12-WAY / WHITE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT
ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONT
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground Harness Location
G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
OY
61 B
Y C + + S Y IP22-16
IP10-17 IP10-22 44 WR B
II
G C - - S U IP22-9
IP10-18 IP10-23
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
+ S Y Y Y
NA7-4 CA414-7 CA240-11
- S U U U
NA7-14 CA414-6 CA240-8
NAVIGATION Y Y S +
IPS31
CONTROL MODULE IP22-2
U U S -
IPS32
BOF D + S Y IP22-10
2
ID1-1 IP65-9
BOF D - S U
2
ID1-2 IP65-10
+ S Y
IP5-19
- S U
IP5-18
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
MODULE
+ S Y Y Y
DL1-55 JB1-26 JB3-13
- S U U U
DL1-74 JB1-27 JB3-12
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
(DIESEL)
D W W W D
IP74-11 IP22-7
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE
D W W W D
CA418-12 CA230-3 IPS25 IP130-5
D W W W W W W D
EN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB1-20 JB130-4 CA230-4 CA36-9 RC23-8
EN65-39 (2.0 L) RC33-3*
D W
JB232-3 B B P
IPS67 (LHD) IP22-4
IPS69 (RHD)
B
IP22-5
G37BL
FUEL-FIRED (G36BL) G37AL DATA LINK
AUXILIARY HEATER
MODULE
SERIAL DATA LINK CONNECTOR
f20_ 3 _4000625
(DIESEL)
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / METALLIC
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE
CD2 2-WAY / D2B
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE CD3 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDE
PH1 32-WAY / BLACK
PH3 2-WAY / GREY
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY / WHITE
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / GREY
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
POWER AMPLIFIER CA425 12-WAY / GREY TRUNK, LH REAR
CA426 18-WAY / BLACK
CD7 2-WAY / D2B
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE CD4 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REAR
PH2 22-WAY / BLACK
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
O O O D2B WAKE-UP
CA240-10 IP65-19
AUDIO UNIT
D BOF
2
CD2-2
D BOF
2
O O D2B WAKE-UP CD2-1
CA301-3
CD AUTOCHANGER
D BOF
2
CD3-2
D BOF
2
O O O D2B WAKE-UP CD3-1
CA407-12 PH1-23
D BOF
2
CD4-2
D BOF
2
O O D2B WAKE-UP CD4-1
CAS45
PH2-14
NOTES:
Y S + D BOF
20.3 2
NA7-4 CD5-2 The 6-module D2B Network shown depicts the greatest number of
U S - D BOF modules available. D2B Networks containing less than 6 modules
20.3 2
NA7-14 CD5-1 are always connected in the sequence shown from top to bottom.
When modules are not fitted to the vehicle, the fiber optic cables
BOF and the connectors are deleted. Therefore, each Network containing
D
2 less than 6 modules has a unique fiber optic and 'wake up' circuit.
CD7-2
D BOF
2 D2B Network diagnostics via SCP Network - refer to Figure 20.3.
O O D2B WAKE-UP CD7-1
CA425-5
POWER AMPLIFIER
f20_4_4000625
1 6 11 31 67 76 98 107 Fig. 01.9 I Input B + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
Fig. 01.1 34 79 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.7 + Battery Voltage 2
VIN RANGE: All
ll ll B B E E